[Illustration: A PUPIL IN WORKING COSTUME, SCHOOL FOR LADY
  GARDENERS, GLYNDE, SUSSEX.

  _Photograph by Pictorial Agency._]




                             GARDENING FOR
                                 WOMEN

                                  BY
                       THE HON. FRANCES WOLSELEY

                PRINCIPAL OF THE GLYNDE SCHOOL FOR LADY
                          GARDENERS IN SUSSEX


                    _WITH THIRTY-TWO ILLUSTRATIONS_


                     CASSELL AND COMPANY, LIMITED
            LONDON, PARIS, NEW YORK, TORONTO AND MELBOURNE
                                 1908




                          ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                               CONTENTS


                                PART I

                               CHAPTER I
                                                                PAGE

    GARDENING AS A PROFESSION FOR WOMEN                            1


                              CHAPTER II

    THE TRAINING REQUIRED                                          7


                              CHAPTER III

    LANDSCAPE GARDENING                                           12


                              CHAPTER IV

    JOBBING GARDENING AND FLORAL DECORATION                       21


                               CHAPTER V

    THE TEACHING OF NATURE-STUDY                                  28


                              CHAPTER VI

    SOME HINTS UPON TAKING UP A POST AS HEAD GARDENER             34


                              CHAPTER VII

    DRESS FOR LADY GARDENERS                                      54


                             CHAPTER VIII

    COTTAGE AND FOOD                                              64


                              CHAPTER IX

    MARKET GARDENING                                              70


                               CHAPTER X

    THE MEDICAL ASPECT OF GARDENING FOR WOMEN                     77


                              CHAPTER XI

    WOMEN GARDENERS FOR SOUTH AFRICA                              89


                              CHAPTER XII

    ITALIAN POT GARDENS: A SUGGESTION                             98


                             CHAPTER XIII

    FOR THOSE WHO HESITATE TO EMPLOY LADY GARDENERS              105


                                PART II

                              CHAPTER XIV

    COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS FOR LADY GARDENERS IN GREAT BRITAIN     116


                              CHAPTER XV

    CONTINENTAL SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES                             160


                              CHAPTER XVI

    SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES IN AMERICA                              209


                             CHAPTER XVII

    GARDENING AND NATURE-STUDY IN CANADA AND AUSTRALIA           232


                             CHAPTER XVIII

    TRAINING GROUNDS FOR MARKET GARDENERS                        253


                               APPENDIX

    USEFUL INFORMATION FOR LADY GARDENERS                        273




                         LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS


                                                        TO FACE PAGE

    A Pupil in Working Costume, School for Lady Gardeners,
        Glynde, Sussex                                _Frontispiece_

    The “Walled Garden” at the House of Field-Marshal Viscount
        Wolseley, K.P.                                             4

    Model by Miss A. C. Sewell of a Children’s Garden, exhibited
        at the Whitechapel Country in Town Exhibition             12

    The Hanging Gardens, Ratton Park, Sussex                      20

    A Page from a Boy’s “Nature-Study” Sketch Book                30

    The Countess Bathurst’s Garden, Pinbury, near Cirencester     36

    The Yew Tree Avenue, known as “the Nun’s Walk,” in the
        Countess Bathurst’s Garden, Pinbury, near Cirencester     44

    Miss E. Douglas in her Greenhouse at Shedfield Grange,
    Botley, Hants                                                 48

    Miss Hester Perrin at Work in her Brother’s Garden at
    Fortfield House, Terenure, Co. Dublin                         54

    In the Garden at Fortfield House, Terenure, Co. Dublin        60

    In the Garden at Fortfield House, Terenure, Co. Dublin        64

    Boxing Bulbs for Forcing at Miss Bateman’s Market
    Garden, Bashley Nursery, New Milton, Hants                    74

    The Ruins Gardens, Slougham Place, Sussex                     86

    The Yews at Hutton John, Cumberland                           92

    An Italian Pot Garden                                        102

    Italian Orange Pots and Oil Jars                             104

    The Ruins, Ratton Park, Sussex                               110

    The Cottage, School of Lady Gardeners, Glynde, Sussex        118

    Gathering Roses for Pot Pourri, School of Lady Gardeners,
    Glynde, Sussex                                               120

    “Potting”: Students at Work, Reading University              126

    At Work in the Vinery, Studley College for Lady Gardeners    136

    Preparing the Frames at Studley College for Lady
    Gardeners                                                    140

    Students at the School of Pomology and Horticulture,
    Marienfelde, near Berlin                                     166

    School for Lady Gardeners, Holtenau, near Kiel,
        Schleswig-Holstein                                       188

    Students at Hastum School, Norway                            200

    Students at Work at the Agdatorp School of Gardening,
    Sweden                                                       202

    Students at Work at the Espenäs School for Lady Gardeners,
    Sweden                                                       206

    Avenue leading to “Lowthorpe,” Croton, Massachusetts,
    Mrs. Low’s School for Lady Gardeners                         220

    Southern Entrance to “Lowthorpe,” Croton, Massachusetts,
    Mrs. Low’s School for Lady Gardeners                         222

    The Marchioness of Sligo’s Garden, Mount Browne, near
    Guildford                                                    252

    Captain Colthurst Vesey’s Garden, Lucan, Ireland             256

    Rose Garden, Danny, Sussex                                   262




                             INTRODUCTION


How often it is that Fate places us amongst people whose characters,
pursuits, and tastes we do not know! We hesitate how best to melt that
barrier of icy reserve and shyness behind which we English remain
frozen. How can we speedily break through the reserve which rises up
between us and the stranger near us? There is at least one subject of
conversation which usually calls forth a response--it is gardening.

Whether our neighbour be politician, soldier, architect, or painter, he
will surely listen with interest to the mention of a garden. He will
tell us of some newly-discovered plant, a flower show that he went to
see, or he will expatiate upon the beauties of South African bulbs. We
may be sure that if he himself is no gardener, he has someone dear to
him who is a lover of flowers. After a hard day’s work in the City, he
will gladly turn his thoughts to the peace and quiet of a walled-in
country garden, where the hum of bees and the scent of sweet briar or
rosemary bring happiness and contentment.

It is the same with country people, who live in our quiet English
villages that are as yet unspoilt by the dust of motors and the noise
of holiday-makers. A little chat over the garden wall in the cool
of evening, about the luxuriant growth of the peas, the beauty of
madonna lilies gleaming white against the dark timber of the cottage,
or the special size of this year’s roses, will often make a lasting
friendship. No make-believe pastime is gardening with them; it is their
true recreation. Their lives have been passed amidst fields, trees,
beautiful hedgerows, and consequently they look upon these objects as
friends. Surely this love of Nature is wholesome both to body and mind,
and greatly to be encouraged by all who wish for the well-being of
England and her Colonies.

Are we not shown the vast importance of keeping our rural population
away from towns? Do we not thus endeavour with every means in our power
to improve the cultivation of our land? County Council lectures, flower
shows, cottage-garden competitions, Nature-study courses, training
colleges are provided for this purpose. But, perhaps, the surest
way of all is to make our boys and girls fond of bee-keeping, fruit
growing, gardening and all other industries of country life. It is
with them that future success lies, and by teaching them to tend small
gardens of their own, and compete for prizes in tidiness and artistic
arrangement of flower plots, we shall continue a love for the country
in future generations. To keep them away from the gloom, squalor, and
temptations of large towns is what we all wish to achieve. Well-tilled,
wisely-worked farms, orchards, gardens, bring us prosperity; but we
gain a love of Nature, too, from contact with such things. This must
soften people. It brings us nearer God.

    “A garden is a lovesome thing, God wot!
    Rose plot,
    Fringed pool,
    Ferned grot--
    The veriest school
    Of peace; and yet the fool
    Contends that God is not--
    Not God! in gardens! when the eve is cool?
    Nay, but I have a sign;
    ’Tis very sure God walks in mine.”[1]

[1] From “My Garden,” one of the collected poems of T. E. Brown. By
kind permission of Messrs. Macmillan and Co.

It is not alone amongst our village people that we hope for steady
development in the cultivation of our soil. They unconsciously
assimilate much from what they see carried out in the vicarage garden,
the manor-house orchard, and the large park. These must set the
example both in tidiness, artistic arrangement, and well-grown produce.
Education in taste, as well as scientific knowledge, is required
for the heads of these gardens. We know that in Japan gardening and
flower arrangement have attained wonderful perfection. There it is
necessary to learn for seven years before a requisite amount of skill
is acquired. Not only are artistic effects studied, but flowers are
used as modes of expression. Different colours and combinations convey
distinct meanings.

Surely we Western races should also look upon a garden as of the same
artistic value as a beautiful picture, or a many-coloured, skilfully
wrought piece of embroidery? In short, so ancient a craft should be
as intelligently and carefully studied as any Fine Art. A garden is
a living picture. The painter having found a subject, studies each
detail. Surroundings, background, the position it should occupy upon
the canvas, what portion is to be accurately depicted, which objects
are to be omitted or only faintly indicated: all these points are
considered before he takes up his brush. A gardener must do likewise.
Sometimes, when ground is not yet laid out, he must do more. He then
has to think some years ahead and imagine what this bare piece of
meadow will be when plants have grown in it. The lay of the land, the
character of the soil, the relation of the house with the garden--all
have to be weighed before planting is commenced. Therefore, our
gardeners must be artists as well as successful cultivators of plants.

True gardening gives scope for much sympathy and feeling. There is
a soft repose in grey and pale pink. An arbour with such colouring
invites thoughtfulness, quiet contemplation; whereas orange or bright
yellow may, in some sad moments, be obtrusive, or jar upon our
feelings. A brilliant bed of scarlet poppies, if put in the right
natural surroundings, are gay with _joie de vivre_, whilst gentle
pansies appear to look with melting human kindness as they raise their
little faces appealingly towards us. Good effects have been gained
by planting large, bold clumps of Pampas grass in empty spaces. The
situation must be very carefully selected or it is apt to strike a
discord. In the solemn graveyard it soothes; the waving plumes seem to
bow down in sympathy with the mourners.

A real artist gardener not only has aptitude for placing right lines,
and forming rich, telling colour effects, but he also understands
the personality of flowers, the sentiments of colours and scent. A
painter’s instinct tells him where the varied colours of a mixed border
are allowable, and how elsewhere a touch of strong, brilliant colour
is wanted to lead again to a shaded path of mystery.

In order to successfully accomplish this Fine Art gardening, which we
in England are now ambitious to have, artistic, well-educated, refined
head gardeners are needed. From our Colonies, too, comes a cry for
skilled and well-instructed “heads.” There they have plenty of hands to
do mechanical work, numbers of “coolies” to do menial jobs, but they
want more intelligent directors and guides to industry. Again, in our
schools, we require for the children those who sympathise with school
garden work and Nature-study.

These, then, are the ambitions of lady gardeners. They do not wish to
supplant able, clever men head-gardeners, nor even to compete with
them. They do desire, however, to assist as far as their strength
allows, by lending intelligence, good taste, refinement, towards
securing better cultivation of our great country. What they lack
in physical strength they endeavour to compensate by other equally
important, yet softer, womanly qualities.

This book has two objects in view. It hopes, by means of practical
advice--in fact, by some it may be considered somewhat Spartan
counsel--to draw attention to what is required of lady gardeners. The
other aim is to show employers what would be gained by appointing
them; at the same time to disarm any mistaken illusion which may have
arisen that ladies wish to supplant men gardeners. They merely intend
to supplement and increase the good work which men are doing for our
land.




                          GARDENING FOR WOMEN




                                Part I




                               CHAPTER I

                  GARDENING AS A PROFESSION FOR WOMEN


Daughters of many professional men are obliged to earn a living. It
often happens that the head of the family, after years of hard work,
has to retire owing either to illness or age. His pension is a small
one, and it becomes necessary for his daughters, as well as his sons,
to make a career for themselves. They have been accustomed, perhaps,
to a comfortable home, with a considerable number of luxuries, and the
question as to the best method of earning a living must necessarily be
a difficult one. In this connection it is, I hope, pardonable to quote
a passage from Mrs. Creighton’s recent article upon women’s education,
which created great interest among those concerned with the welfare of
young women. She wrote:--“It is tolerably well agreed what men should
be; but social conditions which produce a preponderance of the female
population and make it impossible for some women, however much they may
desire it, to be married, are inconvenient and disturbing to the views
of most men.

“The existence of women who, whether they like it or not, are bound to
work for their livelihood, is, as a rule, only unwillingly recognised
as an exception; the existence of women who claim to have a life of
their own is still more upsetting to all ideas of a well-constituted
universe.”

A somewhat mistaken idea is sometimes held that women who are obliged
to follow a definite career are less likely to marry than their sisters
who remain at home in quiet surroundings. It is often found, however,
that of the daughters, say, of a country clergyman living in some
remote corner of England, it is those out in the world as secretaries,
companions, or gardeners who do marry. Not only has a wider sphere of
life brought them friends, but their knowledge of the world has taught
them how to keep them. They have larger interests, broader views, and
are therefore happier than their sisters, who remain at home in village
surroundings. They should, too, be better helpmates to men leading
active lives. If they are sensible, wise, good women, they should not
lose by contact with people of different types any of that gentleness
and softness which are the chief attractions of a woman.

The choice of a career depends largely upon the character and bringing
up of a girl. Unless she is fond of out-of-door life, however, she
must not think of becoming a gardener, and she will probably find that
her parents look somewhat critically upon this profession. They have
an uncomfortable feeling that the head of a private garden is only a
kind of servant, and in market, jobbing, or landscape gardening they
see a life of constant digging and delving; a struggle to compete with
the strength of a working man. The disadvantages--many days of rain
and wind, early rising, disagreeable menial jobs--all assume larger
proportions to them than the benefits that are to be derived. Parents
are perfectly right to point out all these drawbacks to their daughter.
They should be fully realised and weighed before she embarks upon such
a career. Professional gardening is no child’s play. It means at least
three years of diligent study and hard work before any considerable
remuneration can be sought.

Let the girl who is leaving college carefully view all sides of the
question, and, above all, let her wait until she is twenty before she
takes any decisive step. Having reached years of discretion, and
being full grown and strong in health, the advantages of a gardener’s
life will probably attract her. If, during her childhood, she has had
the care of a plot of ground in the home garden, or has had bees or
poultry under her charge, it will be pain and grief to her to leave
these pursuits and live in the confinement of a town. The thought of
a stuffy London typewriting office, and the long, dark evenings in
cheap lodgings, will be repulsive to her. She will miss the wide,
open stretches of sky, the coming and going of the seasons. How she
will long for a sight of cowslips in the meadows and the fresh, sweet
scent of gorse. Perhaps, if she is a governess or companion, she may
live in the country and have all these pleasures, but will she fully
relish them if she has no freedom? Her evenings may possibly not be her
own, and during the day, too, she will have to accommodate her wishes
to those of others. The well-known lines of Richard Jefferies will
constantly recur to her, and she will see the wisdom of them. “Let us
be always out of doors among trees and grass and rain and wind and sun.
Let us get out of these indoor, narrow, modern days, whose twelve hours
somehow have become shortened, into the sunlight and the pure wind. A
something that the ancients called divine can be found and felt there
still.”

  [Illustration: THE “WALLED GARDEN” AT THE HOUSE OF F.M. VISCOUNT
  WOLSELEY, K.P.

  THE ROSES WERE PLANTED AND PRUNED BY THE LADY GARDENERS.

  _Photograph by Pictorial Agency_.]

The profession of gardening offers a considerable amount of freedom,
the refining influence of poetry and beauty, contact with intelligent,
interesting people, and health and happiness to body and mind. These,
to an active, out-of-door, young woman are very great advantages.
Then, too, there are different branches of the profession, so that a
selection is possible as to which best suits her talents. Should she
be fond of teaching, she can hold classes in Nature Study or botany;
if she has taste and talent for drawing, she can take up landscape
gardening. With a small amount of capital to invest, she may start a
market garden, with every prospect of success.

There are, too, the higher branches of horticulture, such
as the treatment of rare greenhouse plants, hybridisation,
cross-fertilisation, and the handling of orchids. All these intensely
interesting, intellectual matters require such dainty skill, so much
thought, that there is no doubt whatever they are suited to ladies.
Many who practise in these branches employ women to execute the minute
operations that are so often entailed, because their light touch is
better adapted to the purpose than the heavy hand of a man. Few women
have up to the present studied long enough to surpass men in these
matters, but there is a certain future for them in such work if they
persevere in study.

It must be borne in mind that horticulture is still a comparatively
new profession for women, and that unless those who enter it strive
to give full time and application to learning its details they cannot
hope to be successful. Some few failures have occurred already, much
to the regret of all keenly interested onlookers. These have been
caused by anxiety to earn something before proficient knowledge had
been acquired. It is the same, I believe, in all new professions; and
it is only now, after many years of striving, that women have attained
success as sick nurses, secretaries, and teachers. The first who went
into the arena made mistakes, and possibly paved the way for their
successors, who noted the causes of failure, and mended their ways. Let
us hope that this will be the case in horticulture, for there is no
reason why women should not succeed in it. Moreover, we have already
some brilliant examples of success. Those who are thinking of taking it
up should spare no pains to gain a complete education, for only then,
when they are themselves worth something, can they expect remuneration.




                              CHAPTER II

                         THE TRAINING REQUIRED


There are various ways of obtaining the necessary training to be a lady
gardener. Both at home and abroad numerous colleges and schools exist
where young women are well instructed in all branches of Horticulture.
A college course is necessary, but if a girl is not more than twenty
years of age (and it is advisable that she should not be much younger
when she commences her training) it will help her to be apprenticed for
a year or two first in a private garden. Should she prefer, it will be
better still to spend two years at a small school where instruction
is more individual and personal than in a large college. Here the
students are few in number, and carefully selected, and it is possible
to learn in the same way that the working man learned, when he began
as a garden boy. The pupil will be ordered to do menial jobs, such as
turning manure, wheeling refuse, sweeping leaves, or mowing a lawn.
This comparative drudgery must be gone through in order to understand
how to direct others. Even wheeling a barrow full of soil and washing
out pots is interesting if the heart be in the profession and there is
the wish to succeed.

In a private garden or small school, too, it will be possible to follow
the ultimate use the pots are put to, after they are washed, and the
reason for each operation will be more easily made apparent than is
the case in a large college, where lectures and theoretical classes
are sometimes put before practice. When there is a large number of
students, too, it is impossible that all should take part in each
operation. Personal interest in the garden is apt to be lost sight of,
and teaching becomes a “demonstration,” where the expert does the work,
and the students look on. They cannot thus learn in the only thorough
way, by working themselves.

In a college course, hours are often suited to the requirements of
expert lecturers, and students are apt to ignore the fixed hours of
work observed in a private garden. I have known students to whom it
never occurred that it might not be agreeable to the family to hear the
sound of raking on a gravel path outside the breakfast room, and who
were unconscious of its being an offence against garden etiquette for
them to shout remarks to fellow students across the flower beds. Then,
too, fixed school holidays, which are necessary in large communities,
sometimes interfere with the possibility of seeing certain operations
performed.

I therefore strongly advocate a course of manual work, like that of the
garden boy, as an introduction to more serious training. This routine
work will enable the pupil to understand college lectures, when the
time comes to attend them. Theoretic teaching can then be applied to
the treatment of soil and plants.

Not possessed of the strength and facility for manual work of a man,
the girl student must make up for this deficiency by intelligent
reasoning. She should follow closely in the footsteps of science,
and have a reason for each operation. What is heard in the chemistry
laboratory has to be applied in practice in the garden. When the dismal
herbaceous border, upon which so much money has been spent, is seen,
the cause of failure will be known. After all the talk, trouble and
expense, why does it lack colour? Surely some ingredient in the soil is
missing--dress it with lime, put more manure or leaf mould, as the case
may be.

I believe that some people imagine that a lady gardener is intended
always to remain at work amongst the swept-up leaves and garden
refuse! But if her intelligence is not sufficient to make her soar
speedily beyond the powers of a £1 a week man gardener, she had better
take up other work, for she certainly cannot compete with him in
physical strength.

A course of study for two or three years, such as I have described, is
certainly not too lengthy. Each plant, shrub, tree, goes through the
same phases once in each year. Although these processes are repeated
year after year, they may be subjected to variations of weather and
temperature. Different treatment is probably necessary each year. Time
only can show this. Books teach much and so also do lectures, but only
when supplemented by practical experience, will they make a competent
gardener.

The intending girl-gardener should make up her mind from the beginning
that she must spend money on a three years’ course of training. It
should be taken in the way that best suits the individual case; there
need never be regret for the money spent upon it. It is only by skill
and knowledge that employment will eventually be secured.

Therefore the beginner should do some practical work in a garden, and
cram botany, chemistry, and physics into her head. When she has a free
day, or if other opportunity occurs, visits should be made to other
gardens. Then it will be possible to learn the names and habits of new
plants, and, by studying a different treatment of them, the powers of
observation will be increased.

After college training an effort should be made to get a subordinate
paid post, for whatever branch of Horticulture it is decided to
specialise in. No attempt should be made to superintend a large garden
until, as they say of children, the student has learned “to feel her
feet.”

I propose to give a short account of the different branches available
from which a selection can be made. It will be convenient to divide
them into two classes:--

   A. Which require training and education only:--

       I.--Landscape Gardening.

      II.--Jobbing Gardening.

     III.--Head gardener in a private garden.

   B. Which requires capital as well as training and education:--

           Market Gardening.




                              CHAPTER III

                          LANDSCAPE GARDENING


This wide field of study is one which women are well suited to,
provided they have brains and good taste. In order to be really
successful, imagination is required, as well as other qualities that
are needed by an ordinary head gardener. No amount of study or training
can adapt an inartistic woman to this profession, but given artistic
feeling, the power of conveying her ideas to her employers and to
those working for her, great possibilities are within reach. Many
fail, perhaps, by a headstrong desire to carry out their own plans;
they do not regard sufficiently the views and wishes of those for whom
they work. A considerable amount of tact is necessary, in order to
obtain the confidence of the owner of the garden. Having ascertained
his requirements, and made these the centre of the scheme, the
woman-gardener’s imagination should help to fill in all details.

  [Illustration: MODEL BY MISS A. C. SEWELL OF A CHILDREN’S GARDEN,
  EXHIBITED AT THE WHITECHAPEL COUNTRY IN TOWN EXHIBITION.

  ILLUSTRATION OF WHAT CAN BE SHOWN OF A GARDEN BY MEANS OF A MODEL.

  _Photograph by Clarke and Hyde._]

I assume that the candidate for such a position has had a good general
education, and is well grounded in botany and botanical geography.
It is necessary that she should be able to draw, and a knowledge of
simple plane geometry and geometrical drawing is essential. She must
be able to make a sketch plan showing the proposed alterations with
their measurements. In some cases, where the employer is not himself a
draughtsman or does not read a ground plan easily, the lady gardener
may find it useful to have recourse to a different system for conveying
her meaning to him.

I have seen a rough model made in cardboard to represent the house,
and real soil used to surround it, with little twigs placed here and
there in imitation of trees or hedges. This is a somewhat childish
means of experimenting upon future alterations, but in cases where
the owner is undecided or unable completely to grasp the effect which
will be attained by moving soil, or planting trees, the model may be
exceedingly useful. The soil can be so easily shifted from side to side
with the hands, a tree planted here, a dividing hedge placed there,
until the desired effect is attained. Then, too, it may convey well to
the contractor (who possibly undertakes the whole alteration) the exact
amount of labour that he will have to expend.

Another way of conveying ideas for proposed alterations is by means
of a “prophetic drawing.” That is to say, if a rose arbour is to be
made, a sketch, with finished details of what it should look like two
years hence, when the roses have climbed to the summit of the pergola,
may influence the owner in his decision to put the matter in hand. It
is important that all these methods of conveying intentions should be
studied.

A slight acquaintance with geology will be useful in forming rock work.
Most of these subjects, together with surveying, can be learnt at a
Municipal School, but the more thoroughly they are acquired the better.

Methodical habits are essential. So many women, compelled to earn a
living, fail in this. They do not note expenses carefully; they are
not business-like in rendering an account of wages paid out; and they
do not trouble to obtain estimates of work to be done. The education
of women is much at fault in these respects, but certainly, until this
lack of business qualities is replaced by methodical ways, we shall be
considered the reverse of helpful.

It will greatly assist the young gardener if visits are paid to many
gardens, both private ones as well as market gardens. Small cottage
gardens or wayside hedgerows should not be despised; much can be learnt
by looking at both. The plants that are natural to the climate and
soil are at once detected in this way, and knowledge is obtained as to
what will most speedily lend itself to an effect of foliage or colour.
Often, the chance arrangement of a large mass of gypsophila with bright
coloured nasturtiums interwoven with its feathery flowers, or pansies
springing up between an old paved path, may give ideas for a large
garden. The “Traveller’s Joy,” and blackberries, that grow so rampantly
on chalk, will make a pergola look clothed before a rarer plant could
grow three feet up it.

If possible, a trip abroad should be taken; it would give fresh ideas,
if the fields of mauve autumn crocuses in France, or the terraces and
vineyards of Italy, could be seen. There are so many different ways
of building pergolas, training creepers, and tying vines to posts. If
we adopt some of these foreign styles in England it gives a touch of
Italy to our tame English gardens. Copious notes should be made of all
that is seen, and the knowledge thus acquired can be readily applied to
designs for gardens here.

All books on landscape gardening, new and old, must be studied; many
old-fashioned plans of mazes and beds can so easily be used or adapted
to modern grounds, and with some knowledge of architecture, it will be
easy to place the right design near a house.

All gardens must be chiefly considered with a view to improving the
appearance of the house. This must be the starting point and first
consideration. Planting specimen trees and lovely plants is of
secondary moment. No school or college can teach good taste; some
people will learn it instinctively, others will never acquire it. With
constant observation and copious notes, artistic feeling in gardening
may certainly be increased. It will be helpful to know the habits, mode
of growth, etc., of trees, shrubs, and garden plants. Their time of
flowering, and appearance, are more important matters for consideration
than the actual ability to grow them. A head gardener can cultivate
them, when the broad effects of colour have been planned and decided
upon.

As much knowledge as possible must be gained concerning soils, manures,
road making, draining, pond making, levelling, embanking, and there
must be the ability roughly to calculate the cost of such operations.
By apprenticeship, or by going to watch someone who is making large
and extensive alterations, much can be learnt. Facility is acquired in
estimating the time that is taken in carting soil, or loading manure,
by watching a large staff of men at work; experience can thus be
gained as to the best method to map out work. It is so essential to
save labour and untidiness. A job that has to be done twice over is
distressing to all concerned. The organisation of work can only be
arrived at by planning out each detail beforehand, and orders can at
once be given as to where the excavated soil is to be placed so that it
may, at a future time, be handy for a further development of the plan.

We are considering this branch of gardening as one that may be gone in
for without capital. When the training is completed it will be best to
advertise for work. The terms for paying a preliminary visit and giving
general advice should be stated. After this, should an understanding
with an employer be arrived at, the further charges will depend upon
the way in which the work has to be carried out. Perhaps it may only
be necessary to pay an occasional visit to the scene of operations
and see how the head gardener is executing his orders. In this case a
guinea or more a visit would be the remuneration. It may answer the
purpose better to obtain the services of a local contractor, and having
explained the whole plan carefully to him, let him quote a price for
the fulfilment of the contract. The fees would then be so much per
cent. upon the total.

Under all circumstances it will be necessary to deal tactfully with
the men who do the work. The ideal way of carrying out landscape
gardening would be to have a staff of permanent workmen, who would
accompany the landscape gardener to the various gardens, and carry out
her directions. How much more quickly things would often go, if she had
her own men to rely upon. As this, however, means capital, it should
not be considered here, and stress can only be laid upon the necessity
for making orders concise and clear, and studying the characters of the
various workpeople, so as to succeed in obtaining the largest value
possible out of their services. The power of interesting them in their
work is a useful adjunct. Often a friendly word, or placing some slight
responsibility upon a workman, will double the amount he tries to do.

At first it will be difficult to obtain work. Any successful
plans that are carried out gratis for friends are sure to lead to
further employment, and each good thing achieved will bring other
opportunities. Should there still be time on hand, perhaps an architect
may be found who is willing to secure the help of a well-trained garden
designer.

No fixed rules for obtaining employment can be laid down. Ambition
and keen desire to get on will steer best to the right channel for
seeking work. Several municipal authorities are willing to employ
women as landscape gardeners. Should it be possible for women to make a
success of private garden designs, it would surely help towards their
appointment to larger spheres of landscape garden work. The laying out
of parks, squares, and garden cities could be handed over to them, and
what a large source of interest this would be.

It is unfortunate that we in England attach so little importance to
the study of forestry. In none of our agricultural colleges is it
taught in the same thorough way as in Germany. A great future might
be open to a lady who studied this subject. It might be possible to
induce a consulting forester in England, Scotland, or, better still, in
Germany, to take a pupil. This subject, if fully mastered, would be of
the greatest use in carrying out large alterations in public parks or
private grounds.

To any lady with a love of nature, the possession of taste, and
possibly the wish to improve and add to the beauty of our English
country homes, this branch of gardening will greatly appeal. What a
pleasurable sensation it is to see a lovely picture growing daily more
like the plan that was roughly sketched out. How satisfactory to watch
the building up of that stately terrace beneath the house, which puts
the finishing touch to the beauty of the building itself. Without a
terrace, the house would appear insignificant and poor--now it seems
to have grown in dignity and stateliness. What pleasant days, too, can
be spent in noting the happy results of garden-making, such as we see
in the great yew trees of Levens, the grand Avenues of Le Nôtre, at
Versailles, or the clever grouping of trees in many an English park.
Here we, who come some two hundred years after, reap the full benefit
of what then had the appearance only of a flat field dotted with stiff
little baby trees. We can follow the old plans and ideas, but by using
quicker growing materials it is possible to develop a picture under our
eyes.

  [Illustration: THE HANGING GARDENS, RATTON PARK, SUSSEX.

  LAID OUT BY THE HON. MRS. FREEMAN-THOMAS.

  _Photograph by Pictorial Agency._]




                              CHAPTER IV

                JOBBING GARDENING AND FLORAL DECORATION


Often, as we drive through London suburbs, we see remains of some
former stately Georgian house. Perhaps, a hundred and fifty years ago,
when it was built, it stood isolated, with only a quiet country village
near by. In the gardens were hedges of rosemary and lavender, fruitful
pear trees were trained upon high walls, a slender little lady in a
flowered brocade made sweet pot pourri with pink rose leaves. All that
now remains of the garden is a small Adams summer house, built up into
the wall, having a quaint shaped Dutch roof. A charming outlook it was
when “My Lady” watched for “My Lord” riding home from London. All that
now brings to us a touch of romance is the undisturbed yew hedge and a
few box-edged formal beds. The garden has been divided off into villa
plots.

Everywhere these villas spring up. We see long roads of them in each
suburb; in seaside towns, watering places, and golfing centres we
find them too. Each house has a garden, which is not necessarily large
enough to supply the family with vegetables, but usually a small, level
lawn is contrived for tennis or croquet; and a small portion near
the road is kept gay with flowers. It is amusing, as we walk along,
to compare taste in gardening at Clarence House with that displayed
next door at Highclere Villa; to note how preferable is the natural
arrangement of well-grown tea-roses in one, to the star-shaped beds of
stiff geraniums in another.

Who looks after these small gardens? Often an uneducated working
man, whose chief idea is to keep them tidy. This is commendable, but
tidiness is not the only pleasurable feature of a garden. To plan
successful combinations of colour really brings happiness, to have
means of tending little bits of tender, precious plants, gifts of
friends, is what contents us. It would help many owners of such gardens
to hand them over to the care of a lady. The size of the piece of
ground is not too much for her to look after, the work is not arduous.
In fact, she can limit her work to a given number of days a week, or
even half days.

This kind of jobbing gardening, although well paid, would only content
those who are obliged to live at home and require some light garden
work, after their course of training is completed. It is remunerative,
very little responsibility is entailed, and, to a certain extent, it is
possible to combine it with home duties. The interest of it need not
be restricted to the actual manual labour of mowing and rolling the
small lawn and planting out seedlings. A small greenhouse is perhaps
attached, and pleasant social intercourse may be had, if the owner is
also interested in gardening.

To those who are ambitious for a wider scope to their capacity, this
kind of jobbing gardening will be insufficient. If they have a little
capital and some experience, it will well repay them to start a small
nursery garden and not only supply labour for these villa gardens, but
also sell plants to them. Some business capacity is necessary, but if,
in addition, strong, healthy plants are raised, there is no limit to
the possibilities of such a business. Should friends combine in such
an undertaking, it can be worked without assistance from working men.
If, however, as is very likely to occur, the staff of lady assistants
is called upon to give advice in laying out small gardens, arranging
plants in window boxes, decorating rooms for concerts, dances, etc.,
men would have to be employed to do the heavy work. The planning,
organising, and directing is what ladies should excel in.

By procuring large instalments of bulbs, raising quantities of
perennials from seed, keeping up a plentiful supply of bedding-out
plants on their own land, a satisfactory effect can be produced in many
villa gardens at comparatively small cost. For a fixed sum per annum
the jobbing gardener could undertake to keep in good order, plant and
tend all in each small garden. It is easily estimated that this kind
of work becomes, after the first outlay, exceedingly remunerative
and interesting. There is employment for old and young, strong
and delicate; a happy combination of interests and tastes is what
should perhaps be most sought for by the staff of ladies in such an
enterprise. Secretarial work, planning tempting price lists, would fall
to the lot of one, whilst landscape gardening would belong to another.

In all branches of horticulture the remuneration to be obtained by
a lady should not be less than that earned by a man. She is indeed
entitled to receive even more than a man head gardener, as compensation
for her superior taste and good education. The particulars which I am
able to give of Mrs. Chamberlain’s work on p. 257 show how large a
sphere can be covered by jobbing gardening, and in Miss Agar’s account
(p. 253) will be found particulars of the remuneration that can be
usually claimed by a lady expert.

Floral decoration may be combined with jobbing gardening, or it may be
undertaken apart from any other interests.

All will agree that the work of arranging flowers is undoubtedly
suited to ladies. It needs good taste, an eye for colour, lightness of
touch and great patience. These qualities are possessed by most young
gentlewomen, but if they are not natural to them, practice will, as a
rule, teach sufficient for the execution of the mechanical part of the
work. The preliminary stage of training is perhaps least tempting, for
it involves long, tiring hours, spent in a hot, unrestful florist’s
shop. It will be found best to serve an apprenticeship in this way
for some months. Possibly the people met there are not very obliging
or polished; often work has to be done under extreme pressure, as
many orders have to be ready at the same moment, and the freshness of
flowers has to be greatly considered. Bouquets, dinner-tables, all have
to be postponed until the last safe moment. Consequently there remains
but little time for enjoyment of completed work, and there is very
scant appreciation. Work which has to be hurried is seldom pleasing.
Being chiefly mechanical, however, it rapidly becomes easier to carry
out the different orders, and then real enjoyment begins. The business
becomes interesting to the novice when she is sufficiently trusted to
exert her imagination, and make suggestions as to blending different
flowers and foliage. From the moment when she comes into contact with
those who give the order, that best incentive, personal interest, is
aroused. As in the case of jobbing gardening, it is possible for a girl
to live at home and yet have floral decoration as a daytime interest.
This, too, is a saving.

The premium for acquiring experience is a heavy one. It varies
according to the position and reputation of the florist’s shop, but it
is never less than £15, and it often reaches £50. During the first year
it is not usual to obtain a salary. There are exceptions to this rule,
as will be seen on p. 257, in the account of the Women’s Gardening
Association.

Only those who have tried it know what tiring work flower arrangement
is, and only strong, able-bodied girls should contemplate such
a profession. Success, as in all undertakings, comes after long
perseverance and patience. The ideal method of carrying on this
business is to have a nursery garden and raise suitable flowers in it
to supply one’s own shop. It is then merely necessary to superintend,
and give general ideas as to arrangement.

With thorough business habits and very good taste, there is no saying
what sum might not be realised by a woman in this direction. Like
millinery or dressmaking, it needs a combination of qualities, and is
essentially a woman’s art.




                               CHAPTER V

                     THE TEACHING OF NATURE-STUDY


When, at Christmas time, we search the shelves of a London book shop,
to find fresh “Golliwog” adventures or new fairy tales, are we not
struck by the importance given to another class of child’s book? “The
Fairchild Family,” “Struwelpeter,” Hans Andersen’s tales, books that we
were brought up upon, are superseded by a totally new kind. Anything
relating to living things, birds, mammals, plants, wild flowers,
fruit, is what we now give our children. In short, nature-study, and
everything connected with it, is the fashion. It forms not only an
important part of education, but it also is recreation. Possibly we
encourage it as a reversion from over-much science and book-learning,
which is apt to produce a somewhat unhealthy, overstrained, nervous
condition. The philosophy of the “Simple Life,” which is preached so
much, is a reaction from these abnormal conditions to the natural,
healthy order of existence.

Up to now, we stand only upon the threshold of these new ideas, we
hardly realise the wealth and meaning of this new philosophy. We only
know that a still greater use is in store for it, and that, through
it, greater happiness will ensue for us. The right application of
nature study and all that it embraces, to the education of children,
is one of the most important developments of our day. All those who
are ambitious for the prosperity of our future England should give
very careful consideration to these matters. More and more we learn
that the first endeavour of a school is to teach people to live. This
new study tends to connect school teaching with life at home. By means
of such schooling, our children acquire from earliest days habits
of observation. They appreciate all wonders and beauties of natural
objects around them. Lovely wild flowers on our downs, many grasses in
our meadows, clouds, stars, all become real friends.

  [Illustration:

    _Obs:
    the wild clematis.
           Ther: reg. 70½°._

    [Sidenote: _July 12^{th}_]

    _Obs: smut on oats.
    It is a small black
    powdery fungus.
           Bar: reg: 30-1/20°
           Ther: „ : 68°._

    [Sidenote: _July 13^{th}_]

    _Obs a chrysalis of the
    horse bot fly._

    _Obs evening primrose
    in a hedge.
           Bar: reg: 30-1/20°.
           Ther:     91°s
                     74sh_


  A PAGE FROM A BOY’S NATURE STUDY SKETCH-BOOK.

  A PUPIL OF MR. J. P. WILLIAMS. HURSTPIERPOINT, SUSSEX.

  (_See opposite Plate._)]

Love of nature, which familiarity with her beauty breeds, is not only
wholesome for children of the upper classes. It is good for them, but
more especially do we need an increase of such knowledge amongst the
poor little waifs and strays of our great cities and towns, who have
so few bright moments in their dull grey lives. If these nature study
classes can help them, should we not do our utmost to encourage more
ladies to take up this form of study in order to impart it to them
with sympathy?

  [Illustration: _Illus._

    _Wild
    Clematis_

    _Smut
    on
    Oats_

    _Stag
    Beetle._

  A PAGE FROM A BOY’S NATURE STUDY SKETCH-BOOK.

  A PUPIL OF MR. J. P. WILLIAMS, of HURSTPIERPOINT, SUSSEX.]

Then, too, in our country villages, is it not wise to foster in young
people a love of everything connected with country life? Will it not
help largely to induce them to remain on the land and not migrate to
the hardships and squalor of crowded towns?

The two chief aims of education are to draw out individuality and
personality. This is certainly accomplished with success when we see
representations as are shown herewith from a child’s nature study diary.

We in England are sadly behind Germany and America in this branch of
education. It is only a short time ago that children in our schools
were encouraged to bring objects from out-of-doors into the schoolroom
for examination. They were asked to make collections of lichen, ferns,
or wild fruits; and what charming devices one has seen, wrought by
ingenuity out of all these lovely things. Now, however, we have made a
decided stride, for by means of school gardens, which gradually replace
the dreary bit of asphalt playground, we go out to seek objects in
their natural surroundings. Soon, teachers in our elementary schools,
possessing the Froebel and kindergarten certificate and a Government
teacher’s certificate, will doubtless be fired with ambition; will vie
with each other in improving upon this system of education. We shall
have others following the example of the late Miss Lucy R. Latter. She
it was who did such good work in this respect as head infants’ mistress
of the Invicta Road Council School, Westcombe Park. Having carefully
studied the question in Italy, France, and the United States, she was
given a commission by the Government of the Maharajah to start school
gardens in connection with the public school system of Mysore. Teachers
were prepared by her to carry on the work; and let us hope that,
although gloom has been cast by her sudden death, they will yet have
been inspired by her to continue their efforts.

There is no doubt that the school garden successfully developed is the
pivot round which nature-study revolves, and as time goes on it will be
seen more and more that gardening and nature-study have much in common.
Those ladies who have talent for teaching, and have been through a
course of gardening, will find many openings for work. A garden,
although artificial, is far less so than a schoolroom, and it combines
scope for general education, quite apart from mere manual horticultural
teaching.

I am informed by one of the greatest authorities upon this subject that
science mistresses do not exist in sufficient numbers to supply the
demand for them. In this country it is a great recommendation for a
woman to be able to teach nature-study, and there is no difficulty in
the way of a post being obtained by one who possesses knowledge and who
can impart it. As new training colleges and secondary girls’ schools
are instituted, the demand will become greater, and it is in the realms
of possibility that there may be women teachers of nature-study wanted
in South Africa and in India, though Canada and Australia are capable
of supplying all the teachers they want themselves.

Those who are interested in this subject will do well to read the Notes
in the Swanley College and other reports in the second part of this
volume.




                              CHAPTER VI

           SOME HINTS UPON TAKING UP A POST AS HEAD GARDENER


I assume that a candidate for a position as head gardener has been
through a two years’ course of study at one of the Horticultural
Colleges or at a school, and has been under-gardener for a year or
more in a private garden. No doubt she has learnt how to grow flowers,
vegetables, and fruit, but it is possible that she does not know much
about the routine work which she will now have to superintend. As
principal of the Glynde School for Lady Gardeners, I have had to study
this subject, and the following notes, some of which are compiled with
the help of a former superintendent, Miss J. S. Turner, are offered for
use.

A lady gardener is still somewhat of an experiment to owners of
gardens, and, therefore, each one who takes up the work is, in a sense,
the pioneer of a new profession for women; it rests with her to make or
mar the success of future lady gardeners. If she is a failure, or does
not give satisfaction, it may prevent other employers from engaging
lady gardeners. This should not, however, be allowed to discourage or
intimidate an applicant for such a post. There is no doubt that a lady,
with superior education, tact and taste, should succeed where many men
have failed. It must be borne in mind that the employer’s pleasure has
to be studied, and that the men will have to be managed with firmness
and strict fairness. Where these points are carried out intelligently,
the success of an intensely interesting career is fairly secured.

If possible, it is advisable that the duties should commence
at Michaelmas, which is the beginning of the agricultural and
horticultural year. If a start is made in the spring, most of the
praise or blame that ensues during the remainder of the horticultural
year belongs by right to the previous gardener.

Autumn and winter are the seasons for laying a good foundation, for
forming plans, and cleaning up. “Well begun is half done,” but it is
more than “half done” in gardening. Unless the winter foundation is
correctly laid, the summer superstructure will be wrong, or there is a
chance of there being no structure at all.

The first thing for a lady “head” to do is to have a good look round.
She must see what crops are still on the ground, what preparation has
been made for winter and spring crops, and the state the houses and
frames are in. Everything under her care must be clean and in good
order.

Her aim is to fulfil all requirements of the family which she serves,
and, in order to succeed, she must ascertain their wants. These vary
with each family, and it is not possible to lay down any fixed rules.
Many questions that will need answering should be noted down, and an
interview should be requested of the lady of the house, or whoever is
most interested in the garden.

I will only draw attention to a few points which need consideration,
and these can either be decided by the gardener herself, should she be
given a free hand, or settled by the employer.

(1) The hours of work and holidays for the garden staff. Arrangements
should be made also for power to dismiss any subordinate who is lazy or
misbehaves; and this should be acted upon without hesitation upon the
first proof of neglect.

(2) The payment of men, and the number of extra ones allowed for
additional work. In large gardens, this matter comes under the estate
department, but in small gardens the head gardener deals with it.

  [Illustration: THE COUNTESS BATHURST’S GARDEN, PINBURY, NEAR
  CIRENCESTER

  _Photograph by Pictorial Agency._]

(3) The days and hours that will be most convenient for the despatch of
routine work, such as mowing, tidying, etc. Some ladies have weekend
parties, and require the place to look especially neat on Sundays.
There may be small but necessary rules about sweeping and tidying the
carriage drive, cleaning and washing garden steps or benches, the
position of seats, tents, croquet hoops, marking tennis courts, etc.
The employer’s wishes should be ascertained, orders given accordingly,
and it should be seen that these are carried out.

(4) The days and hours for picking flowers for the house. If it is the
gardener’s duty to arrange the cut flowers, this must be gone into
carefully, as it is probably one of the most important matters in the
eyes of the lady of the house. Should the family be in London, there
will be fixed days for sending flowers, vegetables, and fruit to them;
all these matters have to be carefully noted. The amount of green
foliage required for mixing with cut flowers also varies with different
people’s taste. It must be ascertained whether many pot plants are
required in the sitting-rooms, or if cut flowers are chiefly used; and
if so, which are the favourite kinds and colours. It will then be easy
to decide which plot of ground should be used as a reserve garden for
cut flowers, and what proportion of mignonette, violets, lilies of the
valley, etc., will be needed for decoration.

(5) Another matter, which only the lady of the house can decide, will
be the arrangements for bedding out, or the grouping and colouring
required for herbaceous borders. If she has taste, and is artistic,
it is necessary only to carry out her plans. Possibly she may leave
the matter to the gardener; in which case visits should be made to a
few neighbouring gardens to ascertain what plants and climbers are
best suited to the climate and soil. Having put the plans on paper, an
estimate can be formed of the quantity of bulbs, plants, shrubs, or
climbers required for the whole garden. The autumn is the best time
to order these. There remains then a further point upon which advice
should be asked.

(6) The ordering of seeds, plants, tools, and garden requisites may be
in the gardener’s department, or it may be managed by the estate. In
any case, it will be a good plan to touch upon these matters to the
employer. Unimportant as they may appear, it is wise for him to deal
with local tradesmen, and, therefore, a stranger to the neighbourhood
will have to learn their names, and what things they each excel in. The
carting of purchases from the station to the garden is a matter for
careful consideration. Should this be done by the estate, it must be
borne in mind that, when the yearly accounts are sent in, the estate
will wish to appear economical as regards its own requirements, and
if the gardener is not on good terms with the agent or bailiff, it is
possible that the total at the bottom of the garden expense column
may be surprisingly large. My advice, therefore, is to make friends
with the estate department. When pea boughs, and timber for rails are
needed, when locks are to be repaired, or hinges fixed, it is good to
have a friend at court.

(7) Occasionally matters are put under a gardener’s direction which
can hardly be called garden work. The washing down of drains, cleaning
away leaves from the roof gutters, brushing snow off the roof,
emptying receptacles of refuse, burning waste paper from the house,
may fall to a lady gardener’s lot. In any case, when specific duties
are ascertained, no responsibility connected with them should be
handed over to subordinates. Washing a drain down is not, perhaps, an
especially elevating task, and it may be urged that any fool can do it.
It will only be done, however, and well done, if the men know that a
look-out is being kept for their neglect or carelessness. If they are
sometimes unexpectedly watched it will be found that the work is well
done, and instead of their thinking less of their “head,” they will
respect her all the more.

If a holiday is asked for them sometimes, or a kind act is performed
for their wives or children, they will work with a good will which
should be encouraging to their chief.

It is not very probable that anyone, after only two or three years’
training, will soar at once to the height of being head gardener on an
estate, or of having the direction of many labouring men. I have noted
most of the points of importance for a start in the garden profession;
they must be added to from experience as the ladder is mounted towards
success.

I have not, so far, touched upon the main point for consideration,
whether the garden be large or small. This is the vegetable garden. It
will be necessary, without loss of time, to interview the cook, and ask
what vegetables are most required.

“Different people, different opinions; some like apples, some like
onions.” Do not grow what is not wanted. It is well to try and make
friends with the cook, for if not, any failure in the vegetable course
at dinner will be laid to the gardener’s door. They will be too young
or too old, too tender or too tough, or it will be said that the cook
has expressed an opinion that “no one couldn’t cook them vegetables
which that there lady gardener sends in.” Therefore, spare no pains to
be friends with the head of the kitchen, for success or failure may
depend much upon her opinion. A few compliments upon her skill in
cooking will be a good preliminary to any explanations that may have to
be made in introducing a new vegetable to her notice. I have heard of a
sad instance of the Mont d’Or butter beans that were given to the pigs
“because they were yellow.” In this case, had the cook been interviewed
beforehand, those lovely golden beans would not have been cast “like
pearls before swine.” The requirements of houses as regards flowers and
vegetables vary very much, and it will only be by asking advice of the
lady and the cook that a gardener can guess at all what she is expected
to send into the house. The first year will naturally be somewhat of
an experiment in this respect, and it will be well to point out these
difficulties to the employer, for fear he considers that there is
either undue extravagance or too economical a saving of produce.

Having interviewed the cook, the next thing is to arrange the crops.

For an ordinary kitchen garden of one acre, the following should
generally be ordered.

    Peas                     6 qts.
    Broad Beans              2–3 qts.
    French Beans             ½ qt.
    Runner Beans             ½ lb.
    Spinach                  1 qt.
    Winter spinach           8 ozs.
    Mustard and Cress        1 qt. each.
    Beet                     2 ozs.
    Carrots                  2 ozs.
    Leek                     1 oz.
    Lettuce, Summer          1 oz.
    Lettuce, Winter          ½ oz.
    Onions, Spring           4 ozs.
    Onions, Autumn           1 oz.
    Parsley                  2 ozs.
    Parsnips                 1 oz.
    Salsify                  1 oz.
    Turnips                  4 ozs.
    Endive                   1 oz.
    Radish                   1 pint.
    Kale                     1 oz.
    Brussels Sprouts         1 oz.
    Cauliflower (of sorts)   1 oz.
    Broccoli (of sorts)      1½ ozs.
    Cabbage                  1 oz.
    Red Cabbage              ½ oz.
    Savoys                   ½ oz.
    Celery                   1 pkt.

Cheap plants can be bought of these latter, and also marrows and
cucumbers. If the garden is a small one, it will be more economical
to do this than to raise them from seed. The above are ordinary
vegetables; for special ones, such as cardoons, chicory, etc., a small
packet of seed will be sufficient.

There are three vegetables not usually grown, but which are most
useful. They are:--

_Phœnix Kale._--Will stand the most severe winter, and the more it
is cut in the late winter or spring, the more it will shoot.

_Seakale Beet_ (not Spinach Beet).--Can be cut all the autumn. It
will stand an ordinary winter, and will furnish another cut in spring
when vegetables are scarce. It has a broader midrib than spinach beet,
is perfectly white, and is cooked like seakale. The green blade can be
used as spinach.

_Couve Tronchuda._--Is used much in the same way as seakale beet.
Cut the lower leaves first, and use the thick fleshy leaf-stalks; when
the lower leaves are done, there still remains very good cabbage on the
top. Sutton calls it “rather tender,” but it is not always necessary to
protect it in winter.

It will be found useful to obtain a large chart of the vegetables
usually grown, and the time of sowing, planting, and cutting. This can
be obtained from the Stores (Book department).

If a rough plan of the garden can be obtained, it will be of help; if
not, a copy book should be bought, and on one page a rough sketch made
of each plot, with the length and breadth marked upon it. This need not
necessarily be drawn to scale. Upon the opposite page should be put the
crop which is on the ground. Probably someone can supply information
as to what crop was previously there, and when the ground was last
trenched and manured. Any notes that can be made in this respect will
be useful. It is a good plan to divide the garden under cultivation
roughly into four quarters, disregarding, for the moment, that part
which is under permanent crops, such as asparagus, rhubarb, etc. By
trenching and manuring one plot every year, it can be arranged for
each quarter to have a good dressing at least once every four years.

Bastard trenching is generally better than trenching; and the more
constantly the ground is stirred the better.

As farmyard manure is often scarce, and labour for thorough trenching
is expensive or difficult to obtain, it will be found that doing a
quarter of the ground each year is a sure way of getting it all under
cultivation. This, and digging in the refuse, will supply the necessary
humus. Between times dig as deep as possible and use artificial manure.

The reason for ascertaining the crops that have been grown before is
to enable some sort of rotation to be practised. It is impossible, in
gardening, to do this as perfectly as in agriculture, but there are
a few things which it is well to bear in mind. The three fundamental
rules are as follows:--

(1) Plants of the same natural order should not follow each other.

(2) Crops which have occupied the same ground for several years should
be succeeded by others of short duration. This gives an opportunity for
constantly stirring and cleaning the ground.

(3) Plants grown for their roots, or bulbs, should not be followed by
others grown for the same purpose. Plants grown for their seeds should
also not succeed each other.

  [Illustration: THE YEW TREE AVENUE KNOWN AS “THE NUN’S WALK,” IN
  THE COUNTESS BATHURST’S GARDEN, PINBURY, NEAR CIRENCESTER.

  _Photograph by Pictorial Agency._]

In a small garden, it is best to grow only early potatoes. Others can
be bought as cheaply as they can be grown, and the space they would
occupy is valuable. A piece of ground may be under early potatoes;
these should be cleared by the middle of June, when a sowing of peas
can be made, selecting one of the early varieties for a late crop. When
they come off, they can be followed by turnips, which are drawn off
during the winter. In January the ground can be bastard trenched, but
not manured. Let it lie fallow awhile; then put in carrots, parsnips,
or beet. The order can be varied indefinitely, so long as the rules are
followed, and the plot of ground kept well trenched, and manured every
fourth year.

The next things to consider are the crops still on the ground, and
those coming on. In a fairly well-managed garden late peas, runner
beans, cauliflowers, and marrows all “in cut,” should still be found in
the autumn. The runner beans and the marrows should bear until they are
cut down by frost. Their bearing capacity can be prolonged by careful
picking, by a mulch of well-rotted manure, or with a drenching of
liquid manure, according to whether the season is wet or dry.

If there is likely to be a shortage of winter stuff, fully ripe marrows
can be hung up in an airy place, and runner beans put down with salt.
A breadth of celery should be found coming into use, and parsnips that
will stand until they are required. The main crop of carrots and beet
will still be there to store, and there should be a break of sprouts,
kale, and other things to come in later. If the supply is likely to run
short, it will not be too late to plant cabbage and colewort.

First then, clear off all crops that are over, such as peas, early
cauliflower, and potatoes. Burn all this refuse, as well as the weeds,
and return it to the ground. Keep on hoeing. If there is no winter
spinach in, make a sowing at once, and also make a sowing of turnips.

October is the great storing month. Take up all beet, carrots, and
parsnips; but artichokes and salsify are best left where they are.

Corn salad can be sown, to come up in early spring. Cauliflowers should
be pricked out into a cold frame where they can be protected from frost.

All leaves should be swept up and stored in a heap, to make leaf mould.
In the process they will generate steady heat, and if a frame can be
spared it should be put over them. Tender plants can be stored in it,
or winter salad grown in it.

By now the work will have got into swing, and the routine of it has
consequently been acquired. Any mistakes or omissions that have
occurred will have been rectified.

As the crops come off, settle what it is intended to put in next,
and prepare the ground accordingly. Some things require little or no
manure; others need much. All ground is better for being stirred,
therefore keep on digging. War must be waged against all weeds; between
the rows of greens, decayed leaves should be removed. All crops that
are likely to be injured by frost must be protected.

Now is a good moment to see about obtaining a supply of pea and bean
sticks, flower stakes and canes. Two important matters can be done in
bad weather, when the land cannot be worked. Stakes may be sorted out
in sizes, pointed and tied into bundles, and put away in a shed. Any
painting of stakes, tubs, or labels can also be done, and it will be
found a good plan to go over the stock of tools.

There is much more work that I could suggest, but if the hints already
given are carried out, a good start will have been made. By taking in
a practical garden paper, such as “The Gardener” (1d. per week), “The
Journal of Horticulture” (2d. per week), or the “Gardener’s Chronicle”
(3d. per week), a reminder of the regular rotation of work will be
secured. By reading these it will be seen exactly when to harvest
fruit, prune shrubs and roses, clean over borders, layer carnations,
etc. All details connected with these different operations will
have been learned at college, so I need not add another to the many
gardening books that will already have been read.

I want to draw attention to one quality that a lady head-gardener may
find herself in need of. It is humility. I do not know a profession
in which this is more necessary than in gardening. Because all
difficulties of the soil in a chalky southern county have been learned,
the requirements of that poor land mastered, and preparations made
to guard against the violent attacks of the south-west wind, do not
suppose that these same torments exist necessarily in other counties.
Enemies and insect pests will be found, but they may not always be
the same kind. The good advice and hints, therefore, that may be
obtained from smock-frocked residents in the neighbourhood should not
be despised. They have, perhaps, never been further than the nearest
town close by; reading and writing are difficulties which they cannot
overcome, but they have fully taken in how to grow vegetables and
flowers on their own bit of land. Watch the time of year they undertake
different simple operations, and learn to do likewise. Disappointment
may be saved if they are humbly watched. Bitter experience has taught
these men, and, by taking their advice, one may learn quickly what a
lifetime has shown them.

  [Illustration: MISS E. DOUGLAS IN HER GREENHOUSE AT SHEDFIELD
  GRANGE, BOTLEY HANTS.

  _Photograph by Pictorial Agency._]


                                 TOOLS

The lady-gardener can turn her attention to the question of tools
when she has carefully looked round her new garden and when she knows
how many men are to be employed. A list should then be made of those
that are wanted, and they should all be ordered together, as by that
means they will be cheaper. Those of an inferior quality should not be
obtained just for the sake of saving a few shillings. They are dear at
any price, so the best should be had and treated well. I have known
instances of spades that “came to pieces in my 'and,” as the housemaid
says. If they broke off at the first trial of a lady gardener, they
certainly would do so when used by a man. Therefore all spades and
forks should be obtained from a trustworthy manufacturer.

In some cases, a tool for each person employed will be required. In
other instances, one or two of each kind will be enough, according to
the size of the garden. Of these “sets” had better be ordered.

_Spades._--A spade must be chosen to fit the user, and Nos. 2
and 3 are the most generally serviceable. One with a solid socket is
strongest, and if the bend of the handle is right, it will not be
appreciably heavier than others.

_Forks._--A digging fork or grape with four prongs may be either
flat or round. For general use, the round pronged ones are best, as
they can be used for stirring the ground, digging potatoes, or forking
manure. When digging, a flat pronged fork is strongest.

_Rakes._--These can be obtained with iron or steel teeth, three
to a set, in sizes of 16 in., 12 in., and 8 in. The end teeth and head
should be in one piece, the other teeth rivetted, and very slightly
curved. The socket should be long, and have at least three holes for
rivets.

_Draw hoes_ should be two to a set, 9 in. and 4 in.; the blades of
steel welded to an iron neck which is slightly curved or swan-necked,
as it is easier then to keep free of weeds.

_Dutch hoes_ should be two to a set, 9 in. and 6 in.

_Trowels._--A trowel should be chosen not too concave in the
blade. A small mason’s trowel is useful.

A strong pruning knife will be required for each person. Besides these
tools, there will be required, according to the size of the garden, one
or two shovels, several manure forks, some wooden rakes, and two or
three dibbers.

A garden roller.

A pick with one end sharpened to a point, and the other wedge shaped.

A crowbar, pitch bar, or punch.

A couple of hammers and a wooden mallet.

An edging iron.

A pair of shears for cutting grass verges.

A pair of straight hedge shears.

A pair of lopping shears.

One or two pairs of secateurs.

A large axe and a couple of hatchets. The American are best, or if
these cannot be had, those with American handles should be obtained.

Several scythes.

A couple of saws, one an ordinary carpenter’s saw, the other a pruning
saw. A cross-cut, to be used by two men, is very useful.

One or two garden lines and reels.

A measuring rod, 10 ft. long, and marked in feet and quarters.

A diamond for cutting panes of glass.

Several wheelbarrows.

A hand barrow.

Several baskets or trugs.

Watering cans.

_Mowing machine._ This will depend upon the amount of grass; but
in a garden of any considerable size two will be required, one large
one for the lawns, and a small one, 10 in. or 12 in. wide, for borders
and edges. For the first, the American make is light, cheap, and simple
in construction, but as they have no back roller, they will not work on
narrow borders. The “Pennsylvania,” to be worked by a man and a boy,
and a small “Green,” will probably be the most suitable.

It must be seen that the tools are kept in first rate order. A
grindstone, one worked with a treadle, will be necessary. If good tools
are bought and kept clean, well oiled, and sharp, they will last a long
time; and those that have been used are the easiest to work with. They
are broken in, as it were.

It will be advisable, upon the first opportunity, to clear out every
hole and corner, and get rid of the rubbish. Old tools, however, should
never be thrown away, as wooden handles will turn into dibbers and
measuring pegs. Short handles will do for trowels, etc. Old spades can
be cut down, re-sharpened, and used for digging amongst shrubs and in
herbaceous borders. When they are past work, they can be put into the
ground, blade upwards, as foot scrapers. Old forks can have their
prongs shortened and turned down at right angles, or nearly so, to the
helve. They are then useful as drag hoes for loosening soil among young
crops.

It is a good plan, in a garden where extra labour is employed, and when
neat and tidy habits cannot always be expected from the labouring men,
to have receptacles for different kinds of refuse. There should be one
for crocks, another for glass, a third for paper, and one for bits of
wood. It should be seen each night that tools are carefully put away
clean.

No pains should be spared to master thoroughly the mechanism of mowing
machines. The lady-gardener must also know how to stoke a greenhouse
furnace, and repair broken glass in frames. If these matters have
been learned in student days there will be no difficulty for her in
directing men. Should she be unable herself to put a piece of glass
into a frame, she must not be angry with her workman if he fixes it
insecurely. As thorough master of her trade, she will make herself
respected.

Care, too, should be taken from the first to look ahead, as regards
what has to be purchased, such as pots, soil, manure, peat, nails,
raffia. It is provoking in finishing a job to be delayed because, at
the right moment, some necessary article was not ordered.

“Thinking ahead” in this way is a habit, and can be acquired.

It is well never to be without a pocket-book and pencil, to jot down at
once any things that may be required or jobs which need attention.

  [Illustration: MISS HESTER PERRIN AT WORK IN HER BROTHER’S GARDEN
  AT FORTFIELD HOUSE, TERENURE, CO. DUBLIN

  _Photograph by Pictorial Agency_]




                              CHAPTER VII

                       DRESS FOR LADY GARDENERS


The question of clothes is always an important one to the feminine
mind. It is impossible to lay down any fixed rules as regards the
costume best adapted to a lady gardener. Chief considerations are
neatness and suitability to the climate.

It is best to have few clothes, and to have them good. It should be
remembered that lady gardeners usually must brush their skirts, and
possibly have to clean their own boots. A small cottage does not
afford much space, so nothing should be bought which is not absolutely
necessary.

_Underclothing._--Wool should be worn next to the skin, both in
winter and summer, and the weight of clothes varied according to the
weather. A plain fitting flannel belt to cover the waist and abdomen is
advisable. This is worn next the skin, whether the usual underwear be
merino or not. Knickerbockers, and not petticoats, should be worn. For
winter wear, ready-made blue or black stockinette ones are best. Cheap
ready-made cotton ones are useful for summer; or they can be obtained
in khaki drill, should that material be preferred.

_Blouse or Shirt._--This should be of the simplest, untrimmed
make. For student days, when there are digging and other exertions to
be performed, a turn-down flannel collar, with a tie, will give most
freedom of movement. For a head gardener, a stand-up linen collar will
give a neat appearance. In winter a flannel or Scotch wincey blouse is
warm. For summer, a tussore silk one is cool. Wincey and silk cost more
than flannel and cotton, but they wear longer, and do not shrink in the
wash, so the expense in the end is the same.

A strong leather belt round the waist will keep both skirt and blouse
neat. If one or two swivels and spring hooks are fixed to it, a knife,
keys, etc., can be attached, and thus will always be at hand.

_Skirt and Coat._--Several of these are needed, all thoroughly
business-like and tailor made. The skirts should clear the ankles well,
and be very even all round. Nothing looks worse than one that hangs
lower at the back than in front. Care should, therefore, be taken to
get the tailor to see to this. In rough weather, one should be worn
with a 3 in. or 4 in. lining of thin waterproof inside. This enables
one to wash off the mud with a sponge, and it will help preserve the
dress. Thin waterproof is preferable to leather for this purpose, as it
is lighter, and does not hang like a log round the wearer when she has
been out in the rain for some time.

The colour of the coat and skirt should depend upon what will least
show the soil when it rubs off as tools are handled or heavy mud is
walked through. For winter, homespun, Scotch, West of England, or Irish
tweed should be worn; a heather mixture or light brown are best, as
these show dust less than darker colours. In summer, navy blue looks
smart and workmanlike, but will get dirty easily, so it should only be
kept for when clean jobs are undertaken.

Blue fishwife’s flannel is inexpensive, and washes well. A loose coat
or Norfolk jacket of the same material as the skirt is useful to slip
over a blouse when the weather is cold, or after work is finished.

It should be seen that the tailor gives two comfortable deep pockets,
and makes a wide collar with a flap, by which it can be fastened at
the neck in rainy weather. Unless the necessity of these details is
pointed out, he will probably skimp cloth and work. The tailor should
be consulted as to the material best suited, an explanation having
been given to him of the hard wear to which it will be put. Several
colleges and schools for lady gardeners have designed special costumes
for their students, but although some are becoming to slim, graceful
figures, they are by no means suited to all, and are somewhat too
conspicuous to be really desirable.

_Waterproof or aqua scutum._--This will be needed for stormy
weather and night work; and the latter is preferable, as it is
pleasanter to work in than a mackintosh.

_Hat._--In summer, a shady, thick straw hat looks best. It should
not be “floppy,” as this is troublesome in windy weather, and it must
be plain, not trimmed with chiffon or flowers. A bit of ribbon round
it is all that is wanted. Although a sun-bonnet is picturesque, it
is hot and close, for it keeps off the air as well as the sun. The
old-fashioned plan of putting a couple of cabbage leaves in the crown
of the hat is not to be despised, should the heat be felt very much.
For winter, a soft felt hat or cap will be required.

_Boots._--This is the most important item of all, and one,
curiously enough, usually neglected by lady gardeners. I often notice
that students, when they begin work, wear ready-made and badly-made
articles of the thickness only of paper. Boots are better than shoes,
but they must be good. Cheap boots are dear at any price. If possible
to afford it, they should be made to order, for a good many hours of
the day will be spent in them. It is well to have a few nails in the
soles; those made of aluminium are best. From 1 to 1½ ozs. will be
sufficient for a pair of boots, and the difference in weight between
them and the ordinary tackets is worth the extra cost.

Boots should never be blacked, but always greased. This makes them
warm in winter and wonderfully cool in summer; they are then really
waterproof. If they are dressed once or twice a week with Gishurstine,
they will wear well, and keep soft and pliable. A 1s. tin will last
a long time. Castor oil, too (the cheap veterinary kind), is also
excellent. Two pairs of boots are necessary so that they can be worn
on alternate days, and thus be properly dried. There is a foolish,
old-fashioned rule in some gardens that the men must have their boots
neatly blacked on Monday mornings. This should not be encouraged.

The best way to dry boots, when absolutely soaked through, is as
follows:--Take 2 or 3 lb. of oats, and heat them in the oven; when the
boots are taken off, stand them in a pail, and pour the hot oats up to
the top of the polish. The oats absorb moisture, and as the boot dries
they will swell, and act as a last. The same oats may be used over and
over again. To clean brown boots Bucknell’s saddle soap is better than
any of the patent preparations.

_Stockings._--For winter wear, stockings should be knitted of
soft, thick wool. Woven ones are the best in summer.

If, when the mid-day hour of rest arrives, boots and stockings are wet
through, they should be changed at once. It is false economy to neglect
to do this, for a rheumatic future may be the outcome. It will be
found, however, that, if they are not wet, there will be less suffering
from tired feet when the same stockings and boots are kept on all day.
If they are removed, and a rest is taken in easy shoes during dinner
time, the feet will swell, cause pain, and blisters will probably rise
when a fresh pair of boots are put on for the afternoon. Beginners
usually have to put up with tender feet until they become accustomed to
heavy boots. For this reason, thick stockings are preferable. It will
be found that camphorated Eau de Cologne cools the feet. Another and
better remedy is Balm of Bethesda, which can be had from most chemists.
The feet should be soaked in warm water, and while still damp a few
drops of the balm rubbed in. This should be done every night until a
cure is effected. It may be necessary to repeat the remedy each
spring when the first warm days arrive.

  [Illustration: IN THE GARDEN AT FORTFIELD HOUSE, TERENURE, CO.
  DUBLIN.

  WHERE MISS HESTER PERRIN DEVOTES MUCH TIME TO THE SUCCESSFUL
  CULTIVATION OF BULBS AND PLANTS.

  _Photograph by Pictorial Agency._]

_Leggings._--These, too, are important, and should be of leather,
and similar to those worn by men. Buttons or spring fastenings are
to be avoided. The spiral strap fastening with a buckle is the most
practical, and brown leather is better than black, as it is more easily
cleaned. Cloth leggings, gaiters or puttees should not be worn; they
are troublesome to clean.

_Gloves._--Thick leather gloves are useful when working among
thorns and thistles. Many jobs, such as thinning out small things,
pruning and nailing, cannot be properly done in gloves. When working
among wet vegetables, they only make the hands cold, and encourage
chilblains. Hands will wash, but it is as well to be provided with a
bottle of nail-cleaning fluid, a box of orange sticks, and a little
cotton wool. A hand nail brush must not be used, but soap and water
should be vigorously applied.

_Apron or Overall._--This will keep the skirt clean, and if there
is a large pocket in the front it will be useful to keep scissors, a
knife, raffia, or string in it for tying roses to pergolas, or picking
flowers. A blue serge apron looks best, or an overall made of sacking,
with a belt round the waist, is neat.


                           OTHER REQUISITES

_Medicine Chest._--There will often be exposure to rough weather.
A bottle of Eau de Cologne saturated with camphor is a necessity. It
should be rubbed on the skin after washing, and it will tone it up
and keep the surface smooth. It is a good hair tonic, and relieves
headache; it also takes away toothache, and twenty drops on a lump of
sugar will generally prevent a cold after working in damp weather.
Scrubbs’ cloudy ammonia put into a very hot bath is refreshing after a
hard day. Quinine is indispensable to those who can take it.

I need mention no other requisites for a medicine cupboard, as, unless
one is strong and active, a gardener’s life will not be chosen. The
chief risk that arises is that of taking cold, especially when work
necessitates going in and out of a greenhouse, and thus being subjected
to unusual changes of temperature. To guard against this, a knitted
woollen golfing blouse should be kept handy. It is so thick, that
it will keep out the coldest, most piercing wind, and can be easily
slipped over the flannel blouse when leaving a greenhouse.

_Bicycle._--Should there not be a cart for the gardener’s use,
a bicycle is indispensable. Visits to other gardens are of interest
if only for the sake of comparison. Often, too, by making friends
with neighbouring gardeners, cuttings of new plants or seeds can be
exchanged. A basket can be fixed to the handle-bars of the bicycle, in
which can be put books and papers, whilst larger things are tied to the
carrier behind. It will be found useful to understand the management of
a repair outfit for punctures. The more independent of outside help a
lady gardener is, the better she will get on, and the happier she will
be.




                             CHAPTER VIII

                           COTTAGE AND FOOD


The question of finding a suitable cottage for a lady gardener is
sometimes considered a difficulty by employers. But this need not be
so. As a rule, the cottage stands alone in the kitchen garden, or near
by, and what is large enough for a married man with many children will
suit a lady admirably.

  [Illustration: IN THE GARDEN AT FORTFIELD HOUSE, TERENURE, CO.
  DUBLIN.

  BELONGING TO L. PERRIN HATCHELL, ESQ., AND IN WHICH MISS HESTER
  PERRIN DEVOTES MUCH TIME AND LABOUR.

  _Photograph by Pictorial Agency._]

A lady gardener will want either a companion or a servant, as it is too
tiring for her to cook and manage for herself after a hard day’s work.
There are several ways of arranging this comfortably. Should the salary
be a large one, it will be best to have a servant to cook and undertake
all household duties. If the cost of a resident servant is too great,
it will probably be possible to make some arrangement with a woman in
the village. She will come for so many hours a day for cleaning and
rough work, and the cooking can be dealt with by the gardener herself.
As, however, it is extremely important that she should keep in good
health, I urge that she should endeavour, by some arrangement or
other, to get the cooking and house work done for her. There is sure
to be an extra bedroom in the cottage, and should it be impossible to
keep a servant, it can probably be arranged to have either a friend or
a garden student as companion, who is willing to take over these small
responsibilities. Often there are ladies training for Colonial work,
who would gladly come and manage, in exchange for board and lodging.
Vegetables are allowed to a gardener, and, therefore, she can easily
afford to pay for the board of someone who helps her. Sometimes milk is
provided for the use of a head gardener, and also coals. Before a post
is accepted it should be ascertained exactly to what she is entitled,
and then a calculation should be made as to how expenses can best be
met. It must be remembered, however, that good, well-cooked food often
saves a doctor’s bill; so no pains should be spared to live well. The
greater variety that can be managed in the case of food, the better the
health will be. Women living alone are very apt, from laziness, to fall
into a habit of drinking tea and eating only bread and butter. Work
certainly cannot be done on this; solid food is absolutely necessary.

With a view to assisting lady gardeners to undertake their own cooking
in cases of emergency, I am able, through the kindness of Miss J. S.
Turner, to give a few hints which may, I hope, be of use.

For roasting, an American roaster, which can be placed in the oven and
requires no attention for basting, is necessary. If there is a close
range, the earthenware French _casseroles_ and _marmites_ are
nicer than saucepans. There are many American “notions” too, that save
labour.

Asbestos mats for placing under saucepans on a closed stove only cost
4d. each, and prevent the contents burning.

Aluminium utensils are much better than those of iron or tin. They cost
more, but are indestructible, and easily kept clean.

To commence with, the following utensils should be provided:--

1 large saucepan. It should be the largest that can be fitted on the
stove, and a steamer to fit it is also required.

1 spirit lamp for quickly boiling hot water or eggs.

1 small saucepan.

1 double saucepan or porringer.

1 kettle.

1 gourmet boiler.

1 American roaster.

3 frying pans for meat, fish, and eggs.

1 oven tin.

1 pudding bowl.

2 pie dishes.

2 basins.

2 jugs.

1 teapot.

1 coffee pot.

1 bowl for mixing paste.

Pastry board and rolling-pin.

Cups, glasses, knives, forks, spoons, egg-cups and table-cloths will be
needed.

With the above-mentioned articles most things can be done, and other
utensils can be added as required.

_Breakfast._--Breakfast should consist of porridge and milk, a
boiled or poached egg, and a rasher of bacon if necessary.

The porridge should be made overnight. Half a breakfast cup of Provost
or Quaker Oats, with a good pinch of salt, should be put into a
saucepan. A cup and a half of _boiling_ water must be poured over
it and well stirred. Put on the lid, and allow the whole to boil for
ten to twenty minutes. Leave it by the side of the stove all night,
and it will only want heating up in the morning, which can be done on
a paraffin stove. Do not forget to put water in the lower half of the
saucepan.

It will only take a few minutes to boil an egg or fry some bacon.

When going out early in summer, it may be convenient to make a hot cup
of tea, and for this the spirit lamp will be useful.

_Midday meal._--If lunch has to be prepared by oneself, bread and
cheese, cold meat, soup, a hard-boiled egg with salad, will be the
most easily managed. Tinned food should not be relied upon; it is dear
and unwholesome. If a hot luncheon can be obtained it will be better.
I only give the above suggestions to those who have to manage for
themselves.

_Supper._--As work ceases at 6 p.m., there will be plenty of time
to prepare a meal for 7.30 p.m. A gourmet boiler is most useful. Put
in meat, potatoes, onions, etc., and a teacupful of water. Place the
boiler in a large saucepan, and fill up with water to the rim of the
boiler. If this be put on the fire at luncheon time, a good stew will
be ready in two hours, and a still better one in eight hours’ time. One
visit to replenish the water in the saucepan will be necessary

Beefsteak pudding, too, can be left on for hours, with the assurance
that it will be all the nicer for long cooking.

Many dishes can be prepared beforehand, and heated up when required. It
only needs a little thinking out.

_Coffee._--Buy the whole berries roasted. Grind them as they
are wanted. Small mills can be procured cheaply. Put the coffee in an
earthenware coffee jug, and place it upon the stove for ten minutes
or until it gets thoroughly heated. Pour on boiling water, and let it
stand for five minutes. Stir it up, and then let it settle.

_Tea._--Should the locality be one where the water is “hard,”
“Hardwater tea” should be obtained. This is economical. Other blends
are expensive, because the water does not extract the full flavour, and
more tea has to be used.

_Milk._--If milk is bought, get new milk, and do not skim it.
Put it into a jug as soon as it is received. Let it stand twelve to
twenty-four hours according to the season, and stir it well before it
is used

_Butter._--An icicle butter box, to hold from 1 lb. upwards, can
be obtained, and if butter is kept in this box it will be firm even on
the warmest day.

_Pot au feu._--When tired after a day’s work, and not up to
cooking, this and Pepperpot or Lancashire Hot Pot (the recipes in Mrs.
Beeton’s cookery book) will be found a great stand-by. The pot merely
has to be put on the stove, and in a few minutes a respectable meal is
ready.

Life in the open air gives a good appetite, and, as a rule, no
difficulty will be found in responding to it, if these slight
instructions are followed.




                              CHAPTER IX

                           MARKET GARDENING


This is a branch of horticulture which requires great consideration and
careful reflection, before a lady undertakes it. It needs both brains
and capital. Market gardening resembles that larger sphere of jobbing
combined with nursery gardening which is described towards the end of
Chapter IV. Possibly less artistic sense is necessary, but far larger
business capacity is essential. To succeed at all everything grown
must be of the best quality, and suit the prevailing demand. There
are fashions in flowers and vegetables, and these have to be studied
and responded to. Then, too, in order to sell to London or other big
markets, advance must be kept of others. It well repays to have green
peas a fortnight before your neighbour, and more money is made if the
supply of choice vegetables can be prolonged throughout the winter
months. Then, again, white flowers sell better than others. These and
many other tricks of the trade are not learned in an amateur way. They
have to be studied under a competent master. Flowers have to be picked
before the sun has opened them; they have to be packed with skill, and
only certain kinds will travel well. Experience is necessary in order
to know the right kind of foliage to send away with flowers.

So much, indeed, has to be learnt which cannot well be acquired at a
college, that I strongly advise apprenticeship for a year or two to a
nursery gardener. If it is preferred to study first at a school where
surplus flowers and vegetables are sold, a good foundation of knowledge
can be laid, which is considerably added to later in a market garden. I
would suggest at least four years’ training for this particular branch
of Horticulture.

An apprentice might well suppose that many secrets of the trade would
be revealed to her. But this may prove to be a mistake. Business people
are cautious as to what information they impart, and possibly more is
to be acquired by keeping eyes and ears well open. Constant and careful
inquiries should be made as to the price obtained for various vegetable
produce, and the most likely quarters where there is a demand for it in
that particular part of the country.

I am inclined to think, however, that the most useful business
information is to be gained during the first year or two’s work in
one’s own garden. It is gloomy to foretell such things, but mistakes
are sure to happen, and from experience comes knowledge. To lose one’s
own money hurts more than to see others lose.

Should the intending market gardener be a free agent, and able to
select any part of England for her garden, there are two important
matters for her to weigh. Where will be the best market, and what land
has the most plentiful supply of water? Probably for the first venture
the neighbourhood of a large seaside town, a watering-place or golf
links, will be a safer market than London, which is so large and well
supplied. It should be ascertained who the most likely customers will
be--schools, boarding-houses, private families, etc., and the garden
should be adapted to supply their wants.

Many are the ways of arranging work in a market garden. A lady of ample
means can afford to keep an experienced foreman, a large staff, and
horses and vans. By paying the head man so much per cent. upon the sale
of produce, his interest in the concern will be kept alive. In this
case a thoroughly dependable and honest man is necessary. Should more
scope for energy be needed it will be advisable for the principal to do
the secretarial work, decide the rotation of crops, conduct the sale
transactions, as well as attend to the social part of the business.
She should also supervise most of the operations and have good skilled
labour to carry out all manual work.

If it can be avoided a field should not be converted into a market
garden. The money that necessarily has to be spent at the start will
more quickly be repaid if land is worked which has been used as a
garden before. However good the soil, climate, and situation may be,
a garden can only barely pay its way during the first two years on
account of the many expenses that have to be met.

As opinions can best be formed by hearing real experiences, I propose
inserting the following letter, written by one who has known what it
is to overcome obstacles, and finally reach well-earned success. This
interesting letter and several detailed accounts of market gardens
given on p. 253 show what a suitable career this is for a woman. One,
too, which will bring not only health and happiness from work in the
open, but considerable remuneration, if it be carefully and well
conducted.

                                  BASHLEY NURSERY,
                                    NEW-MILTON, HAMPSHIRE,
                                           _October 11th, 1907_.

    DEAR MADAM,--

   In answer to your request for information about my market
   garden here, I think it will be best if I give you a short
   history of the undertaking. I bought six acres of land here
   fifteen years ago, with a view to start a garden on a more or
   less remunerative footing. I had been brought up in a town, but
   had always been fond of botany--of plants as individuals--and
   as years went on, felt drawn to a country life. I got to know
   something of cultivated plants by studying in the Botanic
   Gardens at Cambridge, where I lived. I hired a quarter-acre
   allotment in a field let out in that way. I got very much
   interested in it, and decided to go in for a country life with
   a garden, which I hoped to make pay its way, if not more. I
   studied gardening for two years with a family who had taken up
   market gardening in Wales, and proceeded to buy a small plot
   of land to begin upon. I had enough capital to start a place
   and build a small house for myself, and, fortunately enough,
   means to live upon in a somewhat bare way. I did not feel
   the least sanguine of making ends more than meet, and this
   was fortunate, as for many years it was a most unpromising
   and expensive undertaking. I was entirely without business
   knowledge in general, or of any of the detailed knowledge of
   the horticultural trade, and also, being town-bred, I was led
   into many errors. The soil proved poor and sour from lack of
   draining, and thickly infested with wire-worms, and being far
   from any town (Bournemouth, nine miles, being the nearest)
   there was absolutely no local demand for anything. I should
   say one of the main points in starting any place of the kind
   is to be near some town. I had not originally intended to go
   in for market gardening, but circumstances seemed to favour
   it more than any other branch, of gardening, so after many
   misgivings and qualms at further sinking of capital, I put up
   a block of five greenhouses, each 100 feet by 12 feet. This
   necessitated having a skilled man to live on the place, and
   consequently the building of a cottage, as there was none near.
   I intended to grow tomatoes for Bournemouth market, followed
   by chrysanthemums and other winter crops. The first season of
   tomato growing proved enough of a success to encourage me to
   persevere, and I bought a horse and van to begin a trade with
   Bournemouth shops, and engaged a man as salesman. On the whole
   this proved a success from the first. Our chief crops to start
   with were tomatoes in the houses, followed by chrysanthemums for
   cut flowers in the winter, and out of doors a variety of plants
   for cut flowers, especially early flowering chrysanthemums, also
   strawberries, rhubarb, and vegetable marrows. After a short time
   we took up narcissus, forcing for a spring crop, followed by
   bedding plants in pots and boxes, and a variety of pot-plants,
   such as genistas, ferns, cyclamen, freesia, and pelargoniums.

  [Illustration: BOXING BULBS FOR FORCING AT MISS BATEMAN’S MARKET
  GARDEN, BASHLEY NURSERY, NEW MILTON, HANTS.]

   After a few years I bought nine acres more, adjoining the first
   field, and two years ago I bought another small field of four
   acres. A few years ago I was able greatly to improve our water
   supply, and to put up an engine for pumping all water used
   in the houses, and to build a second cottage for workmen. My
   original staff consisted of one labourer; it is now about nine
   men and boys. Last year I was able to add a large tomato house
   100 feet by 30 feet, and a small fernery.

   Whilst living here the neighbourhood has become a residential
   one, and consequently a good deal of trade has come from the
   immediate locality.

   A good many people are glad to have their gardens superintended,
   or to have suggestions about the laying out of their borders.

   I cannot say I have ever found it a very remunerative
   undertaking; it has certainly been a laborious one, but to me it
   has been immensely enjoyable.

   Other crops we grow out of doors are gooseberries, raspberries
   and currants, and large quantities of roots, such as pansies,
   polyanthus, wallflower, forget-me-not, for spring bedding. Among
   the out-of-door flowers for cutting the chief are: narcissi,
   chrysanthemums, roses, carnations, violets, gypsophila,
   sweet-peas, marguerites, dahlias, astors, coreopsis, mignonette,
   gladioli, Spanish iris, pæonies, scabious, alstromœria, daisies,
   and many others. We also have a number of herbaceous plants and
   a good many shrubs to supply retail customers.

                                    I am, yours faithfully,
                                                     A. BATESON.




                               CHAPTER X

               THE MEDICAL ASPECT OF GARDENING FOR WOMEN


Anxious parents often ask whether gardening is a really healthy
occupation for their daughters. These doubts, shared by many, are
perhaps not so easily dispelled as, at the outset, might be supposed.
We are all prone to view with suspicion any project which has for its
purpose the fitting of women for the more arduous tasks of life. “For
men must work and women must weep” is what we are accustomed to hear.
We know that amongst all primitive peoples it has been found that women
are capable physically of carrying out hard work in the open. We have
evidence to prove that crofter women, those engaged at coal-pit mouths,
women peasants in France and Germany, North American Indians, African
races and the aborigines of Australia, are not less long-lived than
their more favoured sisters in leisured countries. Amongst civilised
races, however, the principle is upheld that only light tasks are
relegated to women, and surely so it should be. The charm of woman
lies in her softness and gentleness. Must we not preserve this above
all else?

Thus the father of a family views with alarm the profession of a
gardener, when it is first suggested to him for one of his daughters.
It seems undesirable to him that she, who has been accustomed to gentle
living and refinement, should lead the monotonous, solitary life which
he pictures it to be. He sees her, in imagination, constantly weeding
and digging amongst plants, without leisure during the day for any of
the relaxation to be found in mental employment or development, and
returning home at night physically exhausted. Her mother thinks that
rough exposure to all weathers will play havoc with a good complexion;
visions of a brown sunburnt face, or a wrinkled parchment one, knotted
fingers, stiff joints, uneven shoulders, rise up to alarm her. Many are
the prophetic croaks that the young girl hears about rheumatism and
age before its time, or misgivings as to the results of digging and
trenching and the bad effect they may have on back and hip muscles. I
know one young woman who was so frightened lest she should develop a
huge hump on her back from stooping, like the old road-mender whom she
met daily, that she always laid down quite flat on her bed, during rest
hours, to counteract any harm that might be likely to come to her.

It is most natural that many should be alarmed and have a strong
disinclination to advise gardening as a healthy profession. I cannot
help thinking that they may alter their views when they realise fully
that it is not hard manual work that is needed of women in this
profession. They are not meant to do spade-work like the ordinary
labouring man; we have plenty of fine, strong hulking men who do
this, but we do need more directing heads to plan out work and guide
others. This is what lady gardeners are to do. It has become evident,
in recent years, that women have determined to shake themselves free
from former occupations and interests. They intend to apply their
energy in new directions. Frequently, it must be admitted by all, they
are successful. Practical experience shows us that women can acquit
themselves with honour and success in games and in the pursuit of
sports, which formerly were reserved only for men. Hunting, shooting,
golf, cricket, swimming, hockey, climbing and walking are acknowledged
to be fields of activity in which women may safely indulge. In Jane
Austen’s day such pursuits were considered not only dangerous to
health, but likely to produce awkwardness of figure and ungainliness
of movement. Physical activity was supposed to unfit young girls for
society. Things are changed since then, and although many of us see
with regret some loss of feminine softness and charm in occasional
specimens of the new woman, we cannot put all the evils to the
profession of gardening. There must always, I suppose, be eccentric
individuals who exaggerate their peculiarities, but these exist in all
professions, and classes.

Much attention is now paid to the physical development of girls and
young women in our schools, and we cannot fail to see the immense
advantage gained by comparison through this over the results of early
Victorian education. We have all, it is to be hoped, learnt that open
air life is no longer a privileged form of existence suited only
to men. We know that it is, when carried out on sensible lines of
moderation, immensely helpful to women. The medical world has lately
been awakened to the importance of improving the physique of our young
people. Both Sir Lauder Brunton and Sir John Cockburn (chairman of
the Swanley Horticultural College for Women) have impressed this fact
openly upon the world. We see daily before us leisured women who from
lack of pleasant, wholesome interests and bodily exercise, without
scope for reasonable aspirations, have become anæmic parodies of the
sex. The insidious malady which dogs the steps of a nation’s progress
towards highly cultured, unlimited leisure and freedom, masquerades
under the old-fashioned term “_ennui_” or the new-fangled names of
nervous exhaustion, break-down, overwork (!), hysteria, decadence.

I believe I am justified in saying that medical men, who can appreciate
the often aimless, humdrum existence of many women of the wealthier
classes and the debility of those in our large towns, find in gardening
a good agent for the removal of such evils. Possibly a year spent in
rising early, out in sun and rain, with simple food, pure interests,
physical exercise, does more for some than many medicine bottles, rest
cures, Swedish movements, and other modern remedies. The same may be
said for those who are mentally troubled--insane, that is, in a legal
sense. The managers of our asylums are appreciating more each year the
benefits to be derived by occupations. In this instance such interests
act not only upon the individual, but also upon the health of a nation.

No one who has given the least attention to the advances made in the
modern treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis can fail to recognise that
open-air treatment has proved to be of immense value to sufferers from
consumption, and that by its means cure, in the real sense of the term,
may be established. It is a matter of national gratification that this
sensible mode of cure should have been initiated in this country, by
Bodington and MacCormac, years before it was adopted elsewhere. It is
an instance of our national slowness to do what is obviously right,
that our Continental neighbours have, till recent years, outstripped
us in the perfection of these methods of cure. Our own pioneers, too,
have been subjected to ridicule and temporary obloquy. We now know that
though outdoor life at high altitudes is especially successful in the
treatment of tuberculosis, high altitude is not a necessity. A cure can
be effected in the lower altitudes of our own country, so long as the
principle is maintained of a constantly “open window.”

Quite recently practical proof has been brought forward by Dr. M. S.
Paterson, of the Brompton Hospital Sanatorium at Frimley, which shows
that even the success of the Continental patterns of sanatoria can be
greatly enhanced by allowing the sufferers to work in the gardens.
By giving them this healthy employment they harden themselves, and
instead of being confirmed idlers, they leave the institution vigorous
in muscle, as well as healed of their lung trouble. The patients,
men and women, are encouraged to execute all the lighter duties of
gardeners, and the more robust of the men are allowed to excavate and
trench ground. All minor ailments, such as nasal catarrh, or “common
cold,” bronchitis, sore throat, headaches and muscular rheumatism,
are remediable by means of a life regulated in accordance with the
principle of the “open window.” It can hardly be doubted, therefore,
that if those exercises which take the form of outdoor games are in
part replaced by the more primitive and infinitely more profitable ones
of gardening and botanical study, the same excellent effects will be
realised.

Those who advocate gardening for women do not seek to deprive them of
intellectual pursuits through a constant devotion to physical effort.
They wish to secure to them the certain assurance of a healthy physical
state by moderate devotion to a refined and pleasant occupation. Direct
experience is fortunately available to carry conviction on this point
to those who consider it with proper calmness and reasonableness.
Healthy women who have essayed the experiment of gardening have no sort
of doubt as to the beneficial results to be derived from it. Again
and again it has been found, not only by devotees themselves, but by
others whose training as medical men and women has enabled them to
detect any undesirable results, that gardening is little short of an
unmixed blessing. One distinguished medical authority who has made the
agricultural education of women a life-long study, says that the young
women who have taken up gardening as a profession are in consequence
“as lithe as panthers and of splendid physique.”

Not only, therefore, does such a life increase muscular development and
consequently help circulatory, respiratory, digestive and other normal
processes, but it helps to make a healthy mind. If a serious bit of
thinking has to be done, a piece of trenching or some purely mechanical
exercise will greatly assist the brain. To quote a passage upon digging
from Mr. Halsham’s admirable book, “Every Man His Own Gardener,” “You
will find that the mind is not merely left free for all the valuable
reflections which may occur to it, but that the attention necessary
for the job takes up and keeps employed and quiet some subordinate
activities of the understanding which in times of repose are often
decidedly troublesome.”

I should like to quote a passage, too, from Ruskin’s “Sesame and
Lilies,” which seems to me very applicable to the case in point. In
showing us the power of woman, he says: “The first of our duties to
her--no thoughtful persons now doubt this--is to secure for her such
physical training and exercise as may confirm her health, and perfect
her beauty, the highest refinement of that beauty being unattainable
without splendour of activity and of delicate strength. To perfect her
beauty, I say, and increase its power, it cannot be too powerful, nor
shed its sacred light too far; only remember that all physical freedom
is vain to produce beauty without a corresponding freedom of heart.”
Then follows the quotation which we all know so well, and which shows
us the “vital feeling of delight” which true love of nature, and all
the lovely things in nature, give us--“Thus, then, you have first to
mould her physical frame, and then, as the strength she gains will
permit you, to fill and temper her mind with all knowledge and thoughts
which tend to confirm its natural instincts of justice, and refine its
natural taste of love.”

I ask what can more readily lead to the fulfilment of this ideal than
a life of quiet, peaceful interests in the company of the pure and
lovable companionship of flowers? What can bring healthier happiness
than watching for those harbingers of the new flower year, the little
green heads of Winter Aconite that come pushing so determinedly through
the brown earth, and are followed later by little golden heads of
flower? What can give greater intellectual and artistic pleasure and
scope for imagination than planning the herbaceous border which is to
be bright with colour all the year? Careful study and much reading are
needed, but happy evenings fly speedily by, as you gaze into the fire
and plan a lovely summer dream garden. Then, too, there is the interest
of arranging work for others, marshalling the men at your command and
apportioning the work to their different characters and temperaments.
It is indeed no monotonous, unintellectual life.

A report has been received from one of our modern university colleges
where lectures are provided upon various subjects. It tells us that
women students are occasionally absent owing to indisposition from
lectures and demonstrations upon history and classics, but that they
attend with regularity those upon gardening. This is a flattering
statement as regards the interest of horticulture.

Several of the reports of foreign schools which I am able to give,
through the kindness of their directors, show that other nations are in
advance of us in two points, at least, connected with this branch of
study.

  [Illustration: THE RUINS GARDENS, SLOUGHAM PLACE, SUSSEX.

  LAID OUT BY THE HON. MRS. CHARLES SERGISSON.

  _Photograph by Pictorial Agency_.]

In Germany, Holland, and Italy, great stress is laid upon the ultimate
use of horticultural courses. They are intended especially to fit young
women to be useful in their own homes, either while living with their
parents, or later when they marry or have homes of their own. This
applies to women with means who are not obliged to earn a living. They
are considered, with a knowledge of fruit culture, flower and vegetable
gardening, jam making and fruit preserving, to become valuable adjuncts
to the household. The word “Hausfrau” nowadays includes these garden
matters, and we in England might profitably follow this example. If a
young woman marries well and has servants who do all these things for
her, she will still never regret having herself mastered difficulties,
and probably she will be better served by being able with experience
to criticise the work of others. Then, too, we notice in the foreign
syllabuses that a doctor’s certificate of health is required before a
young girl thinks of studying gardening.

It is certainly advisable that the family doctor should give advice
before any decision is made as to the vocations of young women. This
should be all the more insisted upon, when the would-be student suffers
from some malady, whether it appears to be but a trifling one or not.
It is a practical certainty that many minor maladies and symptoms are
entirely removed when a suitable life is led. On the other hand, others
apparently equally insignificant are harbingers of grave illness. It
is possible that these remain dormant, or are not accentuated in the
ordinary quiet routine life at home, but assume grave proportions as
the result of the greater physical requirements of work in a garden.
Therefore, parents should ask advice of a doctor before encouraging
their daughters to take up gardening. It probably will be found by
those who are able to adopt it as a profession, that there will be
fewer aimless and useless existences, and that there will be many more
happy, long-lived people.




                              CHAPTER XI

                   WOMEN GARDENERS FOR SOUTH AFRICA


There is small doubt that the subject of emigration to South Africa
appeals to young Englishwomen, buoyant with youth and hopefulness,
ambitious for adventure. A singular fascination exists about that
virgin soil, clear air, brilliant sunlight. We know that nurses,
teachers, mothers’ helps, servants are needed there. Unhesitatingly we
recommend young women who belong to these professions to go to South
Africa. They must thoroughly weigh beforehand the hardship of leaving
home, and fully realise the obstacles they will have to overcome in a
new country. Having faced these difficulties, they can, however, be
confident of success, for the refining influence of women is fully
appreciated in what are still somewhat uncivilised surroundings.

“Is this so with lady gardeners, are they likely to prove useful in
South Africa?” This is a question often asked, and still somewhat
difficult to answer. Experience of the subject is meagre, and the idea
of sending ladies as gardeners to our colonies is a new one. We have
had brilliant examples of success, and at the present moment a lady
gardener at Bloemfontein is doing good work. Miss Hewetson’s report to
the South African Colonisation Society, on Cape Colony Fruit-farming,
tells us, perhaps, most about the subject, and we feel that her views
can guide us, as her supervision of the work of Kaffirs for a year and
a half gave her personal experience in the matter. We know that there
are vast possibilities of fruitful cultivation if only there existed
more skilled, directing heads. What a change might be made in the
production of the soil, if educated guides superintended the merely
mechanical work of Kaffirs!

It is intelligence and enlightenment that are needed, brains that
are wanted more than hands. We are told that it takes three busy
months to prune fruit trees on a large Cape Colony farm. These fruit
trees make only moderate growth, as in England, but in Natal growth
is tropically luxuriant, and in pruning much wood has to be left for
shade, otherwise the fruit becomes sunbaked. To carry out properly such
operations intelligence is necessary. Then, again, we know that fruit
packing and grading are large undertakings on many farms. We read of a
farm with 30,000 fruit trees and several vineyards, and can readily
understand, not only the number of hands needed to sort and pack fruit,
but the necessity of having clever overseers to speed on such work. Old
inhabitants assure us that large profits could be made in dairying,
poultry-rearing, bee-keeping, or flower-growing by English ladies who
were earnest and adaptable, and possessed of capital as well as brains.
The climate does not allow a white woman to dig or to undertake heavy
work, but her services should be valuable to organise work for the
natives. Until we have more definite examples of success, it is unwise
to urge ladies to go to South Africa as gardeners. The safest course
is, perhaps, to relate the steps that have up to now been taken, and
leave all decision to the good judgment of those who contemplate taking
up a profession which holds out decidedly good prospects to ladies who
can face some degree of adventure. Much depends upon the natural taste
and ambition of a woman. With good health, energy, and intelligence,
people usually succeed in any country.

The most important matter that has so far been undertaken is the
organisation of a colonial branch of training at Swanley College for
lady gardeners. Here, students are put through a course, intended to
fit them, to a certain degree, for posts on fruit farms, dairy farms,
and private gardens in South Africa. This training at home, excellent
as it is, must, however, be supplemented by apprenticeship in the
colony itself. The difficulties of a foreign land cannot be grasped in
England. A college for lady gardeners in South Africa itself is what
is really needed, and no doubt in time it will be started. Meanwhile,
until it is in existence, it is necessary for those who contemplate
going as gardeners to the colonies to learn as much as possible at
home. A two years’ course should be taken in fruit-growing, packing,
jam-making, bee-keeping, etc. These subjects, if thoroughly understood
in our climate, will present fewer difficulties, and will be easier
to deal with in new surroundings. An application to Mrs. Hopkinson,
chairwoman of the South African Colonisation Society’s Agricultural
Committee, and of the colonial branch of the Horticultural College,
Swanley, will secure all necessary information. The South African
Colonisation Society offers advice as to climate conditions. It is also
constantly looking out for possible openings in South Africa, where
experience of soil, climate and cultivation can be acquired.

  [Illustration: THE YEWS AT HUTTON JOHN, CUMBERLAND.

  WHICH THE SPEAKER AND MRS. LOWTHER HAVE RENTED. THE ARTISTIC
  ARRANGEMENT OF THE BORDERS IS MRS. LOWTHER’S SPECIAL CARE.]

However successful one may be in out-of-door pursuits in England, the
knowledge will still be inadequate in the colonies. The chance of
success will lie in undertaking work with a spirit of pure humility.
Only after a thorough course of instruction in the country itself can
the management of a post of any degree of responsibility be attempted.

One considerable source of difficulty is the question of a white woman
as overseer being left unprotected among Kaffirs. In small gardens,
with only one “boy,” this danger is reduced, but in large ones it is
almost a necessity that two ladies should protect each other. The
proportion of men to women is about seven to one, and, therefore, some
may consider that South Africa will not be, as regards lady gardeners,
a woman’s country for another fifty years. That it will be so then,
we who are anxious to see the better cultivation of our great colony,
upon lines indicated for us by Cecil Rhodes, venture to hope. When
Englishwomen have firmly established a good reputation as landscape
gardeners, directing experts and teachers in the mother country, they
will doubtless be welcomed with enthusiasm in our colonies.

To those who are not deterred from making an attempt at gardening in
South Africa by these few difficulties, I venture to give the following
practical hints, which I am allowed to publish by the kindness of the
South African Colonisation Society:--


                           BOARD AND LODGING

    In Cape Colony          from £5       to  £8 per month
    In Natal                 „   £4 10s.   „  £8    „
    In Rhodesia              „   £9        „ £11    „
    In the Transvaal         „   £7        „ £10    „
    In Orange River Colony   „   £6        „  £8    „

    Laundry in Cape Colony costs from 8s. to 10s. per month.

   In the other colonies it is generally from 2s. to 8s. per doz.
   articles, irrespective of size.


                                OUTFIT

The same clothes are needed in South Africa as in England, except that
furs are not necessary, and a larger supply of washing dresses, etc.,
are needed for the longer summers. Wool of some sort must always be
worn next the skin, even if it is only a cholera belt in the hottest
weather, on account of the sudden falls in the temperature. In the
Transvaal and Orange River Colony the winters are bitterly cold, and
warm underwear is there very necessary.

Warm wraps are essential, as the nights seem bitterly cold by contrast
to the hot, sunny days. Washing fabrics should be chosen of fast
colours; white linen, holland and Tussore silk wear the best. Light
unwashable materials are unwise, as the dust is terrible all over the
country, and there are no good cleaners. Black and dark-coloured
materials are inadvisable, as also most kinds of grey, as they become
stained with red dust. Rough mixture tweeds in greens, browns and reds
are most useful, or any other warm, light, dust-proof material.

Brown shoes and stockings are better than black ones, and a good supply
should be taken, as the wear is harder than at home. Gauze and chiffon
veils are a great comfort in a dust storm, and it is wise to have a
cushion for travelling.

_A thick mackintosh, overshoes, and a warm rug are essential._

It is economical to provide a really serviceable outfit, calculated to
last for some time, as clothes obtained in the colony are both more
expensive and less satisfactory than in England.


                                 FARES

            (2nd Class Union-Castle Intermediate Steamers)

    To Cape Town      £20 15s.       to £21 13s.
    To Algoa Bay      £21 13s.       „  £23  9s.
    To East London    £22 11s.       „  £24  7s.
    To Durban         £24 11s. 6d.   „  £26  9s.

N.B.--At least £1 10s. should be allowed for landing expenses, and
about £1 for tips on board ship (the stewardess expects from 5s. to
10s., according to the amount of attention required on the voyage, and
the cabin steward and table steward will expect 5s. each. Subscriptions
to games and other tips are optional). An Emergency Fund of a few
pounds should also be kept in hand. Passengers are met at the various
ports by South African Colonisation Society agents, and they can stay
at the Hostels of the South African Colonisation Society, where board
and lodging are provided for from 3s. 6d. per day.

A girl with a long railway journey before her would do well to provide
herself with food at the port of landing; tea and coffee can always be
obtained _en route_.

Besides the regulation cabin trunk (this must not exceed 14 inches
in height, 2 feet in breadth, or 3 feet in length), it is wise to
have two smaller boxes in preference to one big one, as they are more
convenient for transit in South Africa, and are less likely to get
damaged in loading and unloading on board ship. Second-class passengers
are allowed 25 cubic feet of baggage free on the ship; any excess is
charged 1s. 6d. per cubic foot. On the South African Railways 75 lbs.
only of luggage is allowed free to second-class passengers; all excess
is charged according to scale.

Girls going to towns, who possess bicycles in good condition, are
advised to take them, but they will have to pay duty on them--as much
as 15s. in all probability; also the train freightage is heavy. On the
boat they are shipped as luggage without extra charge if the 25 cubic
feet of baggage be not exceeded.

Introductions to residents in South Africa are given to everyone going
out under the auspices of the S.A.C.S., so that all may find friends on
arriving in the new country.




                              CHAPTER XII

                   ITALIAN POT GARDENS: A SUGGESTION


A well-known French horticulturist, director of many parks, once gave
most flattering praise to an English garden. He called it “_un jardin
intime_.” These three words sum up what most of us wish our gardens
to be.

We bring to them, from other countries, plants that recall pleasant
memories. As we watch these growing happily in our herbaceous borders,
thoughts come to us of those who gave them, of happy meetings, and
unforgotten scenes. In England we make real friends of our gardens;
we confide many secrets to their safe keeping. Owing to a temperate
climate, we have long in which to mark the slow development of bud and
blossom. The time of flowering is late, and it remains all the longer
for our enjoyment. When spring flowers are over, there are lovelier
ones to look forward to. We have not to combat the heat and drought
which so speedily bring summer beauty to an end in Italian gardens.
It is, no doubt, on account of climate that abroad the bedding-out
system has been adopted, and thus much of that intimacy with herbaceous
plants, which we have, is there unknown. Our English gardens are tended
carefully and steadily all the year round; a feeling of rest and peace
pervades them.

In Italy a garden is neglected during the winter, whilst the Signoria
are away. Beds and paths are left unweeded, all vegetation appears to
be dead, and the gardener occupies himself only with vines, vegetables
and plants growing in pots, which later will be the chief means
of dressing-up the grounds. Most Tuscan villas in winter have the
appearance of a Palace of Sleep. We wonder how it will be possible,
when the Fairy Prince arrives, to transform disorder into a well-kept,
beautiful place. We realise as we see so wonderful a change occur, how
valuable a touch of this surprise would be to our old-fashioned English
homes. It would improve not only the appearance of our gardens, but
enhance the architectural beauty of our houses.

This sudden transformation is brought about upon the first really warm
spring day, as if by the stroke of a fairy’s wand. Then the doors of
the orangery are flung open, and ornamental pots of all sizes and
shapes are brought out by means of rollers and stood in striking
positions in the pleasure grounds. During the last few years we have
been shown in England, through the good taste and skill of Mrs. Watts
and others, what can be done in the way of terra-cotta work for the
adornment of gardens. There is nothing new to us in the lovely boxes,
sundials, fountains, vases and pots that we see designed, but we have
not all, perhaps, succeeded in mastering the art of the Italian in
placing these objects, with striking effect, in masses.

With a view to studying this we wandered round many gardens in Tuscany.
We were shown lovely loggias overhung with climbing roses; masses
of tall graceful arums and many coloured carnations in pots, stood
beneath them in cool shade. Flowering bushes outside were carpeted with
sweet-smelling violets, walls and arbours were hidden under lavender
wistaria, white and pink camellias lit up the borders of shrubberies.
Nothing, of all this luxuriant vegetation, was arranged quite in
accordance with our English taste. We were dissatisfied, until one day
we chanced upon a garden which seemed to combine successful herbaceous
arrangement with ornamental pot decoration.

A narrow country lane, hedged in on either side by cypresses, led to
the front of the villa. The terrace, with old-fashioned stone seats
built into the corners of the wall, invited the passer-by to rest
beneath the shade of an overhanging sycamore and look down upon a
lovely stretch of country below. Near by, dense box hedges sheltered
some plantations of fruit trees, all pink and white with blossom, while
beneath grew delicious scented narcissus. The shadows played upon the
grey and green of the olive gardens, and deep blue in the distance
were the hills round Fiesole. Florence itself was hidden, but close to
us the stately Certosa crowned her dome-shaped hill. To the left, an
opening in the hills showed us the misty plain of Prato, looking like a
still lake in dreamland dotted with small white ships. The villa door
stood temptingly open, and ascending a flight of stone steps we entered
the small, cool, paved court.

It was different from most courtyards. In the place of orange trees in
pots there were flower beds amidst the paving. Each was round in shape
and contained a graceful lilac bush carpeted with mauve violas. In
the centre of the court was a well with ornamental ironwork railings,
against which stood handsome Amaryllis lilies in pots. The walls of
the house had roses climbing up them; so robust were they that their
stems had twined around the iron window gratings, making, with their
thorns, a double security against attack. The whole effect was cool and
quiet--a good preparation for the blaze of colour which met us, as we
passed under the dark archway into the garden itself.

What struck us most, when first we saw it, was the height above the
ground to which colour had been raised, by planting shrubs in large
ornamental terra-cotta pots. It will be seen upon the plan, that these
not only stand upon the paths and walls, but are arranged at intervals,
in the very midst of the herbaceous borders. Large grey stones, about
a foot above the level of the flower bed, are placed for the pots to
stand upon. A groove, in the form of a cross, is cut in the stone, to
allow the drainage from the pot to run off easily. These stones and the
lower portion of the pots are partially hidden by groups of irises,
pæonies, aquilegias and roses, growing in the border. Just a touch of
the terra-cotta flowerpot with its handsome ornamentation of wreaths,
is seen above the blue and white of the irises or the many-coloured
ranunculuses, and then, above, high up, we get the foliage and
colour of the shrub which is planted in the pot. It is certainly a
most effective way of giving height and variety to a flat, rather
uninteresting piece of ground.

  [Illustration: AN ITALIAN POT GARDEN

  IN ORDER TO SHEW THE LAY OVT OF THE GARDEN MORE DISTINTCLY THE
  POTS ONLY ARE SHEWN.

  ON THE PLAN THE POTS ARE INDICATED THVS

  DRAWN FROM PLANS MADE BY MISS MARY CAMPION.]

Most of the pots had lemons or oranges growing in them. In our country
it is possible to have these only in the more sheltered parts, but
laurustinus, box trees, bays, lilacs, hydrangeas or roses could be used
instead. Even should the pots occasionally have to stand empty, they
are so exceedingly handsome and decorative in themselves, that they
only improve the general appearance of the garden. They are made in
different shapes and sizes. Some are very elaborately ornamented, but
the kind of which a sketch is given are the simplest and most dignified.

No one who has seen an Italian garden, so arranged, can dispute the
beauty of it. It may be suggested that in England it would be difficult
to protect the terra-cotta from cracking in frosty weather. Experience
in southern counties has been favourable, and should it not be so in
colder places, they can be put under cover for the winter months.

The plan which is given is from drawings made by the kindness of Miss
M. G. Campion. Although it is rather elaborate, it could easily be
modified for a small garden. It represents about an acre of land,
which is cleverly arranged to allow of the combined cultivation of
fruit trees, flowers and vegetables. It is closed in upon every side.
The house shelters it from the east wind, the long orangery casts a
shadow upon the south side and makes it possible to have a lovely bed
of lilies of the valley near by. On the north, besides the trees, is
a high wall. The west is the most exposed, as it has a hornbeam hedge
through which small openings are cut, to show the hills with vineyards
outside the grounds. Against the hedges stand large, empty oil jars,
in terra-cotta, their graceful shapes showing well against the dark
green. Round the central fountain is a 3-ft. wall, wide enough to have
pink Bourbon roses, in pots, standing upon it. Each of the four smaller
fountains forms the centre of a little plot of ground. These plots are
divided into four beds. Each bed is large enough to have several pink
and white blossomed fruit trees and some gooseberry bushes. Amongst
them are planted spring-flowering bulbs such as narcissus, tulips,
etc., for cutting. Other beds have smaller fruit trees, or currant
bushes and roses alternate. The dark red-green foliage of the rose
bushes contrasts with the fresh green of other plants. A few plots are
reserved for vegetables, but, as a rule, these are close to a border
of flowers; therefore, the garden, although small, is ornamental as
well as useful. From below the windows of the house comes a delicious
scent of freesias, and as we look more closely, we see orange-red
tulips planted amongst them, the deeper notes of orange in the freesias
corresponding with the colour of the tulips.

The plan, if carefully studied, will give a good idea, therefore, of
a successful combination of permanent herbaceous borders, improved,
dressed up, and heightened by the addition of ornamental terra-cotta
pot decoration.

  [Illustration: ITALIAN ORANGE POTS AND OIL JARS.

  DRAWN FROM SKETCHES BY MISS MARY CAMPION. TO BE OBTAINED FROM THE
  SCHOOL OF LADY GARDENERS, GLYNDE, SUSSEX.]




                             CHAPTER XIII

            FOR THOSE WHO HESITATE TO EMPLOY LADY GARDENERS


Many ladies who own large gardens take personal interest in the
arrangement of the grounds. Not only do they wish to have beautiful,
sweet smelling flowers in glasses and bowls to adorn their rooms; they
also aspire to have plants grouped harmoniously in herbaceous borders
and in formal beds. There has arisen a kind of competition to have
as good a garden, if not a better one, than our neighbour. In the
case of some specially gifted and energetic ladies, lovely gardens
have been created, through their directions being carefully followed
by the head gardener. Some illustrations of such are given in this
volume. Possessed of complete knowledge about the flowers best suited
to the soil and position, having carefully studied the height, time
of flowering, and prettiest combinations of colour for beds, they are
competent to direct themselves. It sometimes occurs, however, that
the lady of the house is willing to devote a small amount of time to
planning garden effects, but family and social duties call her away.
She can only give general directions to the clever gardener, and leave
him to carry them out. Although many men are skilled in growing fine
specimen plants, few are sufficiently well educated, or possessed of
the natural taste requisite to execute their employer’s wishes.

I hope no one will suppose that, because this book is intended to be
a guide to lady gardeners, I am narrow-minded enough to think in a
depreciative way of men gardeners. Some of them are personal friends
whom I respect, esteem, and who, I am aware, have done infinitely
better work than any lady has so far achieved. Many are not only
gardeners, they are artists as well. I have the highest opinion of
them and their profession. I do feel strongly, however, that there is
a large field open to young gentlewomen anxious to take up this work.
There are many gardens, too, where a change has necessarily to be made,
and the owners will benefit by substituting a lady in the place of a
man, as head gardener.

I should like to draw the attention of employers to two important
points connected with this subject:

1. A lady must be selected; not a “would-be” one. Only if she is this
at heart, will she have authority over men working for her.

2. She should have the same salary as a man. A lady gardener must not
be considered an economy. Many people without consciences think they
can exact the same amount of manual work from a young woman that they
would expect from a man. They also imagine, because she is a woman,
they can pay her lower wages. Pay her well, and treat her well. Her
honesty and intelligence will save expense in the end, but do not
economise upon her salary. The advantages to be gained by the employer,
should he appoint a lady as head gardener, are these:

(1) _Scientific knowledge and true artistic taste._

Owing to a college training, and first-rate general education, she
should have better scientific knowledge than the ordinary labouring
man who has worked his way up from village schooldays, through the
different grades of a gardener’s life, to be head over others of his
own class. She will possess a good grounding in botany and the science
of soils. In short, she can reason scientifically. Instead of saying,
“Oh, so-and-so won’t ever grow here, the soil does not suit it,” she
will be able to ascertain what quality is lacking in the ground, and by
adding an ingredient secure proper growth. Thus, an end will be made
to the often erroneous ideas of a foreman, who, because he does not
know the requirements of a plant, gives up the idea of growing it, or
continues absolutely satisfied with the weedy specimen under his care.

A lady gardener, too, owing to her early surroundings, the study of
pictures, gardens, and beautiful objects, should possess greater
capacity for appreciating fully the requirements of the lady of the
house. Plans for the arrangements of flower beds, shrubbery, borders,
surprises of all sorts, are more speedily, more satisfactorily decided
upon when two people meet upon the ground of similarity of education.

(2) _Taste in colour._

This is more developed with the majority of women than with men. We
have so many opportunities, at the fortnightly exhibitions of the Royal
Horticultural Society, of seeing the latest productions of beautiful
flowers. Then, too, there are books, such as Robinson’s “English Flower
Garden,” Kelway’s Manual, Wright’s “Beautiful Gardens,” to guide us.
They show us plans for grouping colours harmoniously in herbaceous
borders. Nowadays we all know what we want to achieve, but we often
fail to find the right one to fulfil our imaginings. It hurts the eye
to see scarlet geraniums growing near mauve asters, or the delicate
pink of the Dorothy Perkins rose killed by being placed near a glaring
red brick wall. The lady gardener should, by her natural taste and
good judgment, avoid such mistakes of arrangement both in the ordering
of plants for flower borders, and in the decoration of flowers in
rooms. A dinner-table should be an easy matter for her to plan.
Lightness of touch will enable her to succeed in mixing graceful, soft
foliage with suitable flowers. She will accomplish this in less time
than the average man gardener.

Week-end parties are a favoured form of entertaining, and often the
lady of the house is busy in London during the week, only arriving at
her country house just before her guests. It will give her a pleasant
sensation of ease if she has someone at home to whom she can absolutely
entrust the decoration of her rooms and dinner-table. Then, too,
another important matter is the selection, gathering, and packing up
of suitable flowers to send away. My experience has always been that
men gardeners do not study this sufficiently. They gather beautiful
carnations, pentstemon, irises, or whatever their speciality may be,
but forget that suitable green or coloured foliage must be mixed with
them to show off the blossom. Knowing the very great difficulties of
arranging flowers in glasses, a lady will be more careful about this
than a man.

(3) _Honesty and trustworthiness._

The lady gardener is a gentlewoman, and, therefore, we presume
she possesses these qualities. I do not mean to cast the faintest
aspersion upon the honesty of men gardeners! There have been instances
of dishonesty and drunkenness amongst them, and as a class they are
certainly open to greater temptations than a lady. Many owners of
moderately large places, where perhaps no agent or bailiff is kept,
are forced to be absent for some months each year; others fill high
positions in diplomacy, and are obliged to spend some years away from
home. To such, it will be a satisfaction to feel that they leave a
capable lady at the head of affairs. Someone is at home who can be
trusted, and will report to them if things are not going on as they
would wish.

I am often questioned as to whether a lady can possibly exert authority
and influence over a working man. I am certain, if she is the right
kind of woman, she can. Let her, without hesitation, dismiss the first
drunken under-gardener she meets with, and the others will respect her,
and not try to take advantage of her because she is a woman.

(4) _As companions._

The above remarks apply chiefly to a large flower and vegetable garden.
I think women are equally suited to small posts. We often hear of a
maiden lady living in the country who needs company. She would be
pleased if a nice, cheerful, bright girl lived with her to share her
pleasure in the garden. The strength and vigour of the young girl would
compass things which the elderly lady could not attempt unassisted.
Thus companionship would be added to the joy of gardening.

  [Illustration: THE RUINS, RATTON PARK, SUSSEX.

  WHICH THE HON. MRS. FREEMAN-THOMAS HAS ENLIVENED WITH CHARMING
  BOX-EDGED BEDS OF BRIGHT FLOWERS.

  _Photograph by Pictorial Agency._]

Then, also, we know of many a young married woman with a large family
of children, whose limited means necessitate a country life. The
children are sent to school, and return home only in holiday time,
or they have daily teachers who leave them after lessons. Surely an
arrangement might be made by which some of their free time could be
turned to profitable, and yet pleasant account, by their working a
little in the garden under the direction of the lady gardener. Children
love planting and digging. If encouraged, they will take the greatest
interest in beautifying a garden. Some lessons in nature study, too,
could be given occasionally to increase their love for a country life.

This comparatively new idea of having someone to talk over garden
arrangements with, in a friendly and more or less companionable way,
usually smiles upon the woman of the house. She, at last, sees within
her reach the possibility of achieving artistic effects which she has
long thought of in her day dreams, but has failed to get carried out.
Against the dark green yew hedge, how lovely will be the group of tall,
stately pink hollyhocks, with pale rose-coloured annual larkspurs,
Japanese anemones, and silver-foliaged plants intermingled with them!
What lovely combinations of plants bearing similar coloured foliage she
can arrange to plant together! There will be irises, German and Spanish
ones, then the white drooping bells of hyacinth candicans, followed by
scarlet tritomas and montbretias, bringing their brightness to cheer
dull autumn days. How satisfactorily she now will be able to maintain a
constant succession of colour in herbaceous borders throughout the year!

In short, the advent of a lady gardener is pleasing to her. Her husband
will probably not approve the innovation. “If I see the poor thing
out working in a heavy downpour of rain, I shall feel a brute not to
go and help her,” he will say as he smokes his pipe reflectively, and
meditates over the follies of womenkind. But, I ask, what man head
gardener need work in rain? If he does, he will probably do more harm
than good, by making a mess of the ground. Need he, wet or fine, do
much manual labour? No! his duties lie chiefly in directing the men
under his charge; in executing the lighter, but more intricate work
of pruning, thinning out grapes, and secretarial duties. Above all,
he must plan the succession of crops. All these matters can be done
equally well, if not more speedily, by an educated woman.

As this book aims at introducing lady gardeners to employers, I should
like to ask for these gentlewomen the good treatment, absolute trust,
gentle handling, which their position entitles them to receive. Without
the entire confidence of their masters, no ladies would wish to take
up a post, but with their support, and the power to dismiss those
under their authority who they find are dishonest or undeserving, lady
gardeners should be absolutely successful. No longer need there be that
frequent termination to all pleasure in a large garden, when the head
gardener grows only what he likes, and not what his master requires.
How often, when shown round a large place, one is struck by the remark,
“Oh, Dibber never lets us have violets or carnations, all his interest
is centred in vegetable growing”; or “Truman gives all his time to
preparing plants for exhibition; he is certainly very successful in
winning prizes, but we come off badly, as all the best things are sent
to exhibitions!” Instead, therefore, of having someone to contend with,
or a man whose obstinacy has to be circumvented before a bunch of sweet
peas can be brought into the house, you will have a friend who will
endeavour to give you all she can successfully grow, and whose taste
and judgment can be relied upon.

Every year the number of women students at horticultural colleges
increases. The profession appeals to many, and there are now a large
number who, having completed their education, are seeking posts. Up
to the present time, the supply is in excess of the demand. This
is, I believe, the case with all professions until they have become
firmly established. Employers still hesitate to try a lady gardener.
Then, too, the ladies who up to now have desired to have women head
gardeners, have usually possessed large gardens, needing many hands
to work them. It is natural that the young woman who but lately was a
student, superintended and guided in all her undertakings by a teacher,
hesitates about managing a large garden. There are many such who still
hold back in diffidence, hoping to obtain a small post first.

I sincerely trust, when this is fully realised by those interested in
the success of women horticulturalists, that many owners of medium
sized or small gardens will come forward and offer posts to women. A
garden of one or two acres, with a small greenhouse, and only one or
two labourers for rough work, will be best suited to a newly fledged
lady gardener. She should be able to manage this, and two or three
years spent in it will be a good preparation for a post entailing
larger responsibilities. I do not think that anyone who is generous
spirited enough to offer such posts to ladies will repent the act.




                                Part II




                              CHAPTER XIV

       COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS FOR LADY GARDENERS IN GREAT BRITAIN


The following syllabuses of British colleges and schools are submitted
for the use of ladies interested in gardening. It is hoped that they
may assist all those who, in England or abroad, have the management
of such training centres. By means of them it will be easy to compare
notes as to the various methods of imparting practical information; the
form in which foreign syllabuses are staged may inspire fresh ideas. I
should like to add that I do not, of course, consider what I am able to
give of these particulars as in any way comprehensive; but it has been
my endeavour to insert only details of colleges and schools that have
been in existence some time. I have received the syllabuses and many
interesting notes through the kindness of those who have at heart the
wish that ladies should succeed in the profession of horticulture.


               THE THATCHAM FRUIT AND FLOWER FARM SCHOOL
                  OF GARDENING, HENWICK, NEAR NEWBURY

            _Principals_: LILY HUGHES JONES, F.R.H.S.; MARY
                            PEERS, F.R.H.S.

              (_1st Class Certificates and Bee Experts_)

The farm is situated on high ground in the Kennet Valley, facing south,
one and three-quarter miles from Newbury, two miles from Thatcham
Station, about twelve miles from Reading, and one-quarter mile from the
Bath Road.

The residence is a roomy old farm-house, facing south. Its position is
thoroughly healthy, 400 feet above sea level.

An old-fashioned garden lies to one side of the house, and four
acres of land on the other side, on which the main crops are grown,
consisting of hardy fruits, perennials, and other crops.

The farm is conducted as a market garden for business purposes.
Students will thus see practical work--the object being to provide
outdoor work of the healthiest kind, and at the same time to give a
thoroughly practical knowledge of country life--knowledge that may be
used as a means of livelihood or in superintending a garden, and will,
in any case, be of unfailing interest and use in after life. It is not
intended to take a large number of students, so that each student will
have individual attention, and her capacity be carefully studied.

The greatest care is taken with regard to the food of the students, and
their health carefully guarded.


                            PRACTICAL WORK

_Horticulture._--Instruction in all branches of outdoor gardening;
specialities being made of herbaceous plants, violets, and fruit.

_Bee-Keeping._--Instruction in the management of bees, including
lectures and coaching for the B. B. K. A. Experts’ Examinations.
Practical work and manipulation is carried on in the farm apiary.

_Carpentering._--Students are instructed in the workshop in the
making of various gardening and bee-keeping appliances.

_Jam Factory._--Jam making is taught in the small factory which
was instituted for the production of homemade preserves.

A French garden has now been added, and a competent Frenchman teaches
this branch only. It is worked upon the lines of the famous “Maraîche”
system, and differs in every detail from an English garden. All
vegetables and fruits are brought on out of season. At present we have
400 frames, all made, glazed, painted, by the students, and 1,000
_cloches_.

Two other French gardens have been started in England, and have proved
successful.

  [Illustration: THE COTTAGE, SCHOOL OF LADY GARDENERS, GLYNDE,
  SUSSEX.

  _Photograph by Pictorial Agency._]


                           THEORETICAL WORK

_Horticulture._--Complete courses of instruction are given in the
various branches of horticulture, including Entomology, Soils and
Manures.

[2]_Botany_, for R. H. S. Examinations. Lectures on the elements of
morphology and physiology of flowering plants, with practical work, can
be attended.

[2] These lectures are optional.

Students also get a thorough insight into packing, purchasing, and
marketing produce.

_Floral Work._--Demonstrations are given in bouquet-making and
floral arrangements.

_Session._--The year is divided into three terms of about thirteen
weeks each.

_Fees._--For the full course, including everything with the
exception of botany lectures, £55 per annum. Botany, 30s. per term, in
addition.

_Extras._--A small fee of 5s. per annum is charged for the use of
all tools in various departments. All fees payable in advance at the
beginning of each term. A term’s notice of removal of any student must
be given, in writing, to the principal, otherwise a term’s fees will be
charged. Application for forms of entrance and further details to be
addressed to the principals. It is advisable to train for a period not
shorter than two years, as experience necessary for success in an after
career cannot be gained in less time. Short courses of instruction are
arranged when desired.


            INSTRUCTION IN PRACTICAL GARDENING FOR LADIES,
                      GLYNDE, NEAR LEWES, SUSSEX

                _Principal_: THE HON. FRANCES WOLSELEY

   _Patrons_: THE LADY ARDILAUN, MISS G. JEKYLL, MISS WHITE, E.
   O. GREENING, ESQ., W. ROBINSON, ESQ., MRS. CHARLES EARLE, MISS
   WILLMOTT

The school was founded in 1901–2, and is supervised by the Hon.
Frances Wolseley. The number of students is limited, and great care
is taken as to their selection. A personal interview and the highest
references are required before admission. The following arrangements
for the course of work are a development upon specialised lines of the
scheme which has up to now existed. The chief objects of the course
are:--

To give a thorough foundation in the management of all the more hardy
garden plants.

To improve taste in the laying out and arrangement of gardens. To teach
the daily routine work of a private garden, so essential to those who,
later, wish to become private head gardeners.

To give students responsibility and thus enable them more easily to be
competent to undertake posts when their course of training is completed.

A competent, practical superintendent gives instruction in flower,
fruit and vegetable growing. In addition to this well-known advisory
experts visit the school from time to time and give lectures upon the
theory and special branches of horticulture. H. Edmonds, Esq., B.Sc.,
of the Municipal School at Brighton, lectures upon Botany and the
Chemistry of the Soil.

Mr. Back gives demonstrations upon fruit culture. Mr. Paris lectures
upon Bee-keeping. Mr. Edmund D. Foster, Head of the Engineering
Department of the Brighton Technical College, has undertaken to lecture
upon Land Surveying.

A special feature of the garden is the arrangement of Italian Oil Jars
and Lemon Pots.

  [Illustration: GATHERING ROSES FOR POT POURRI, SCHOOL OF LADY
  GARDENERS GLYNDE, SUSSEX

  _Photograph by Pictorial Agency._]

Students are encouraged to take personal interest in all alterations
and improvements made in the gardens.

Attention is given to the every-day work of a garden, comprising:--The
care of grass, paths and beds; mowing, sweeping and general tidiness;
digging, trenching and other ground operations, raising plants from
seeds and cuttings, their subsequent treatment; culture of herbaceous
alpine plants and roses; forcing violets, Dutch bulbs, richardias,
etc.; watering, ventilation and other points of glass-house management.
Gathering and packing flowers and general varieties of vegetables for
market is carried out. Fruit is grown, including bush, standards,
espaliers and strawberries.

Arrangements are made by which students can visit local gardens.
They are required to keep notes of these visits and to answer in
writing questions upon them. The advantages thus gained to students,
in comparing their own work with that of those having life-long
experience, will be a special feature of the school.

Students are encouraged to stay two years if it is found that their
special needs can be provided for. In any case they should not stay
less than one year. Advice is given as to their future.

A half-holiday is given once a week when the necessary work allows.
This implies that quiet times alternate with busy ones, and it is
necessary that a high standard in the appearance of a garden should be
maintained.

Fees for practical instruction, £10 per annum, payable after a week’s
mutual trial. Should the student, owing to any serious breach of
discipline, be asked to leave at Miss Wolseley’s wish, this sum is
refunded.

The lectures of experts are £2 per annum extra.

Preparation for Royal Horticultural Society’s Examination, £1 extra,
but only two-year students go in for this.

Lodgings, conveniently near the gardens, where several students board
together, can be secured at 17s. per week, for board and lodging. Each
student defrays these expenses.


                      UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, READING

_Principal_: W. M. CHILDS, M.A., Keble College, Oxford (Professor of
Modern History).

_Director of the Department of Agriculture and Horticulture_: Professor
JOHN PERCIVAL, M.A., St. John’s College, Cambridge.

_Assistant Directors_: EDWARD BROWN, F.L.S. (Agriculture); CHARLES
FOSTER, F.R.H.S. (Horticulture).

_Registrar_: FRANCIS H. WRIGHT.

The day classes of the college are open to men and women students over
the age of sixteen. Students who do not live at their own homes are
required to reside in the college hostels or in lodgings licensed by
the college. Women students in residence for not less than one session
(three terms) are required to reside in the college hostels, unless
they have received the principal’s permission to reside elsewhere.


                        COURSES IN HORTICULTURE

The Department of Agriculture and Horticulture was founded in 1893. Its
work is carried on under the inspection of the Board of Agriculture.
Courses in Horticulture consist of lectures and laboratory work in the
college and of practical work in the college garden and fruit station.

The college garden, four acres in extent, adjoins the main college
buildings in London Road, Reading. It consists of vegetable and flower
gardens and orchard, and is provided with horticultural buildings. The
houses, greenhouses, vineries (early and late), peach house, etc., are
used for plant and fern growing, general florist work, market work, and
the culture of grapes, pot fruit trees, etc. Students spend upwards of
twenty hours per week in the garden, and, in addition, pay frequent
visits to neighbouring private gardens, as well as to Messrs. Sutton
and Sons’ Trial Grounds, the exhibitions of the Royal Horticultural
Society, and the Royal Gardens, Kew.

Besides instruction and practice in the routine operations of the
garden, students are placed in charge of sections of both indoor and
outdoor work. In their second year they may specialise in market and
florists’ work, or in fruit growing, in preparation for work at home
or in the Colonies. In all cases they pay special attention to the
business side of horticulture and assist in the work of marketing and
book-keeping.

During their two sessions’ course, students may take advantage of the
workshop, and of the instruction in carpentry, etc., provided, to learn
how to make up boxes, staging, and how to repair, glaze, and paint.

In addition to preparing for the college diploma or certificate,
students may also prepare for the examinations of the Royal
Horticultural Society or of the Board of Education, South Kensington.

During the session 1905–6, eleven acres of the college farm at
Shinfield, two and a half miles from Reading, were planted as a fruit
station. On this station students will be able to study modern methods
of fruit and vegetable cultivation on a commercial scale.

Courses of instruction have been arranged as follows:--

_The diploma in horticulture_ is awarded at the end of a two
years’ course in the science and practice of horticulture. The course
is designed for students who intend to take up horticulture as a
career. It provides training in the sciences on which the practice of
horticulture is based, in market and florist work, and in fruit-growing.

Each session of the course extends over forty weeks, including the
thirty weeks of the ordinary college session, together with ten weeks
of practical work only, arranged to suit the convenience of individual
students.

_The diploma with distinction_ in special subjects is awarded
to students who, having gained the diploma, spend a third year at
the college pursuing special studies, and who pass the examination
prescribed. The course is adapted to the requirements of those who
may become teachers of horticulture or specialists in some particular
branch of horticulture.

_Note._--The above diplomas are granted by the Oxford and Reading
Joint Committee, on which are represented the college, the University
of Oxford, the Royal Agricultural Society, and the Royal Horticultural
Society.

_The certificate in horticulture_ (granted by the college) is
awarded to students who have followed a one-year course at the college
(forty weeks) and have satisfied the examiners in the subjects of the
first year examination for the diploma.

The subjects of examination for the diploma and certificate are as
follows:--

_Diploma (First Year) and Certificate_

   1. Theory and practice of horticulture (including composition of
   soils, cultivation, the use of tools and manures; the vegetable
   garden, flower garden, rose garden, rock garden; orchard, lawn,
   shrubbery; aquatic and bog plants).

   2. Botany (theoretical and practical).

   3. General chemistry and physics (theoretical and practical).

   4. Book-keeping.

_Diploma (Second Year)_

   1. Theory and practice of horticulture (including more advanced
   study of soils and manures, cultivation under glass, forcing,
   methods of dealing with fungoid diseases and insect pests,
   improvement of plants by budding, hybridisation, etc., packing
   and marketing, florists’ work, storage of fruit).

   2. Botany (theoretical and practical).

   3. Entomology (theoretical and practical).

The fees for the above full courses are as follows:--

For students who have resided for not less than a year in the County
Borough of Reading or the administrative Counties of Berkshire,
Oxfordshire, or Buckinghamshire, £18 the session of forty weeks; for
other students, £24 the session.

Students may, however, enter for shorter periods than one year, and
may take courses of practical work, together with such lectures as may
suit their requirements. The fees are:--For five weeks, £7 7s., for ten
weeks, £10 10s. In addition to the above fees, all students pay the
registration fee of one shilling per session, and there are entrance
fees for examinations. The cost of board and lodging at the college
hostels is 21s. per week (for a cubicle), or 25s. to 30s. (for a study
bedroom).

Diplomas are not awarded to candidates under the age of twenty-one.

_Scholarships_ tenable at the college are awarded from time to
time by the County Councils of Berkshire, Buckinghamshire, Oxfordshire,
Dorset, Hampshire, Somersetshire, and Gloucestershire. Application
should be made to the Education Secretaries of these counties.

_Courses in Agriculture, Dairying, and Poultry-keeping_ are held
at the college. Practical instruction is given at the College Farm,
Shinfield, the British Dairy Institute, Reading, and the College
Poultry Farm, Theale.


        LIST OF WOMEN STUDENTS WHO HAVE PASSED THE EXAMINATIONS
                    FOR THE DIPLOMA IN HORTICULTURE

1904.--Ellen C. Wallace. 1906.--Caroline Pellew, Lilian S. Tuckett,
Brenda M. Young. 1907.--Dorothy M. Cayley, Dorothy A. E. Dyson,
Adelaide M. Taylor, Henrietta C. Tuke.

  [Illustration: “POTTING”: STUDENTS AT WORK, READING UNIVERSITY.]


                  THE HORTICULTURAL COLLEGE, SWANLEY

    _Principal_: MISS F. R. WILKINSON
    _Vice-Principal and Secretary_: MISS M. KEKEWICH
    _Lady Superintendent_: MRS. WATSON, South Bank, Swanley


                               LECTURERS

   _Bee-keeping_, W. HERROD, F. E. S. _Book-keeping_, H. W. KERSEY
   (Lecturer on Book-keeping, Wye College). _Botany, Vegetable
   Pathology_, R. J. TABOR, F. L. S. _Dairy_, MISS DAWSON, N. D. D.
   (Certificate Midland Dairy Institute). [3]_Entomology_, F. V.
   THEOBALD, M. A., F. L. S. (Lecturer on Entomology, Wye College).
   _Gardening_, MISS VILLIERS-STUART. [3]_Greenhouse Construction_,
   F. A. FAWKES. _Horticultural Science and Rural Economy_, F. J.
   BAKER, A.R.C.Sc. LOND. _Manual Training_, W. HERROD. _Poultry_,
   MISS DAWSON.

[3] Courses in these subjects are given once in two years.


                    _Head Gardener_: MR. J. LAWSON

There is also a staff of under-gardeners and labourers.

The college is situated seventeen and a half miles from London, and one
and a half miles from Swanley Junction Station on the South Eastern and
Chatham Railway.

Women were admitted in 1892, the college being the first place to open
its doors to women students who wished to obtain a thorough training in
horticulture.

It stands in forty-three acres of freehold land, allotted to flower,
kitchen, market gardens, fruit plantations, playing fields, also
conservatories and glass-houses for market work.

Lecture rooms and laboratories form part of the college, while
adjoining are a workshop, farm buildings, apiary, dairy, poultry runs,
etc.

It aims at giving a thorough training to fit women to become market
growers, gardeners in private places, teachers of nature-study and
colonists, or to enable them to manage their own property.


                        COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

The full horticultural course lasts two years, and consists of
practical work out of doors and under glass, with lectures on
scientific principles. Diplomas or certificates are awarded to students
who have qualified.


                            COLONIAL BRANCH

Courses are specially arranged for intending colonists, which, in
addition to gardening, include a simple training in cooking, housework,
laundry, needlework, and hygiene.


                          NATURE-STUDY COURSE

A course for training Garden and Nature-Study mistresses in botany,
zoology, geology, meteorology, and simple gardening, extends over one
year.

A holiday course for school teachers is held in August, and affords
special opportunities for field work, gardening, dairying, etc.


                             SHORT COURSES

In the spring and summer terms, courses are arranged, lasting six
weeks. These include the following subjects:--gardening, dairying,
poultry-keeping, bee-keeping, and fruit preserving.


                          ADMISSION AND FEES

The fees, which, include all expenses except medical attendance, fire
in bedroom, laundress, books, and small charge for loan of microscope
and tools, and the extras stated below, are, for a cubicle, from £80
a year of three terms, study-bedroom from £96 a year of three terms,
out-students from £40 a year of three terms, colonial students from £16
5s. per term.

At the examination held in April, 1907, by the Royal Horticultural
Society, sixteen students from the college competed, and secured places
among 142 competitors:--

First class, 8; second class, 6; third class, 2.


                             SCHOLARSHIPS

The County Councils of Kent, London, Norfolk, and Staffordshire offer
scholarships at the college to residents in their own counties. As the
regulations are not identical, intending competitors should apply to
the secretaries of the respective Education Committees for particulars.

   _Kent._--F. W. CROOK, Esq., Kent Education Office, Caxton House,
   Westminster, S.W.

   _London._--The Executive Officer, Education Office, Victoria
   Embankment.

   _Staffordshire._--GRAHAM BALFOUR, Esq., County Council Offices,
   Stafford.

   _Norfolk._--The SECRETARY, County Council Education Offices,
   Norwich.

Since 1892, 410 students have attended the college courses.

Through the kindness of Miss F. R. Wilkinson, I am able to quote the
following interesting statistics:--


                       AFTER-CAREERS OF STUDENTS

Landscape gardeners, 3; market gardeners, 25; head gardeners, 26; under
gardeners, 13; working in home garden, 49; “jobbing” gardeners, 9;
teaching, 23; working at science, 5; poultry-keeping, 2; manageress
milk depôt, 1; principals in gardening schools, 2; apiarist, 1; at
Royal Botanic Gardens, Glasnevin, 2.


                           AVERAGE SALARIES

Landscape gardeners, two guineas a week to two guineas a day; head
gardeners, highest, £100 a year with rooms, light and vegetables;
lowest, £20 a year resident; under gardeners, highest, £80
non-resident; lowest, 18s. a week, cottage and coals; schools, highest,
£65 resident; lowest, £30 resident; institution, highest, £75 resident;
lowest, £20 resident; jobbing, 4s. to 7s. a day; companion gardener,
highest, £100 resident; lowest, £30 resident.


                             NATURE STUDY

The following syllabus may be of interest, although the course has
already taken place (July, 1907). It will show what an important place
Nature Study takes in the education of women.

A course for helping those who are desirous of extending their
knowledge of Nature Study will be held at the Horticultural College,
Swanley.

Most of the instruction will be given (weather permitting) out of
doors, rambles in the country under the guidance of experienced
teachers being the chief feature.

Miss Hibbert-Ware (Science Mistress, Queen Margaret’s School,
Scarborough) and Mr. Tabor (Resident Science Lecturer) will lead
combined excursions for studying birds, pond life, insects, wild
flowers, trees, grasses, etc., in their different environments.

The college gardens, greenhouses, orchards, farm, and fruit-preserving
appliances will be in working order, and students will be able to
obtain an insight into the work carried on in each department. Miss M.
Agar will give demonstrations and instructions in simple gardening,
and on the care of school gardens. Demonstrations in dairying and
poultry-keeping will be given by Miss M. Dawson (N.D.D. and Certificate
Midland Dairy Institute), who will explain the chief points of farm
operations during the year.

As far as possible the open-air studies will take place within easy
distance of the college, but excursions will be arranged to districts
with varying soils and climate, and the accompanying variety of natural
objects. Students having bicycles are advised to bring them.

It is hoped to combine the natural history excursions with points of
antiquarian, artistic, and other interest in outlying districts, and
endeavour will be made to render the course useful, both for home life
and school work.


                                 FEES

                 (_Payable in advance or on arrival_)

For teachers and those training to be teachers, including tuition,
board, and lodging, and expenses of excursions, £5 5s.; single room;
extra, 10s. 6d.; to those not engaged in teaching an extra fee will be
charged of £1 1s.


               STUDIES IN PLANT LIFE AND PLANT GEOGRAPHY

        By R. J. TABOR, F.L.S. (Resident Science Lecturer), and
                        M. WILSON, B.SC. LOND.

The work of this course will be arranged on the assumption that most of
the students will have had some previous training in elementary botany.

Its objects will be to extend their knowledge of plants in the field,
and especially of the various plant associations and their adaptation
to their surroundings. For this purpose excursions will be arranged to
study the flora of woods, ponds and streams, moors and heaths, fresh
and salt water marshes.

An explanatory lecture, illustrated with lantern slides, will be given
on the eve of each excursion, in which the special features to be noted
in the next day’s work will be described.

The special subject for this year’s course will be “Common British
Trees and Shrubs,” and on alternate days laboratory work will be
provided, in order that students may become familiar with the
distinguishing characters of their leaves, twigs, buds, etc., to enable
them to identify these plants in summer and winter.

Facilities will be provided for making collections of common plants for
subsequent reference. Students are recommended to bring a flora and a
vasculum.

If time permits, a demonstration will be given towards the end of the
course on the arrangement and carrying out of simple experiments in
plant physiology.


    STUDIES IN POND LIFE, INSECTS AND BIRDS, GEOLOGY AND ASTRONOMY

            By MISS HIBBERT-WARE (Science Mistress at Queen
                    Margaret’s School, Scarborough)

_Pond Life._--The management of aquaria. The life-history, breathing,
adaptations, etc., of the various aquatic creatures obtained on the
excursions.

_Insect Life._--Some garden friends and foes (_e.g._, ladybird,
cockchafer).

_Birds._--The habits and call notes of common British birds so
far as they can be studied during August. Opportunity will be given to
students of learning to identify the birds from museum specimens, and
also of preparing the skins of birds and small mammals for class use.

_Geology._--The origin, composition, and history of some common
rocks and fossils, especially those observed and collected on the
excursions.

_Astronomy._--The subjects of four of the evening lectures will
be: 1. The solar system; 2 and 3. The starry heavens; 4. The earth as a
member of the solar system.

A part of these lectures will be held out-of-doors.

N.B.--Students are recommended to bring note-books containing both
blank and lined pages and paint boxes.


                  GARDEN LECTURES AND DEMONSTRATIONS

      By MISS M. AGAR (College Diploma, Landscape Gardener to the
               Metropolitan Public Gardens Association)

_Sowing Seeds._--Seed-bed, temperature, moisture, depth of sowing,
vitality of seed, pricking out seedlings--potting on.

_Propagation by Cuttings._--Nodes, internodes, growing points,
callus, formation of roots--potting on.

(_Supplementary_: Propagation by leaves, roots, “ringing stems.”)

_Budding._--Scion, stocks, time for budding.

_Pruning._--Fruit trees, bush fruits, roses.

Demonstrations will be given in the grounds with the exception of
pruning, for which the time of the year is unsuitable.

       *       *       *       *       *

The last published report of the Swanley College will be found of
interest.


                      REPORT: DECEMBER 31ST, 1906

During the past year gratifying progress can be reported in each
department of the college work. The value to women of systematic
training in the various branches of horticulture is becoming more
and more widely recognised from both the utilitarian and educational
standpoints. It opens the door to attractive and remunerative
employment in many directions, while it serves as an admirable
complement to the mental training of the High School or the University.
No one doubts that healthy occupation in the open air for a couple of
years or so goes far towards counteracting the morbid tendencies which
occasionally result from exclusive attention to literary studies, and
promotes moral no less than physical development. That the advantages
offered by Swanley in this respect are appreciated is evidenced by
the number of students who attend solely to cultivate those faculties
for which the ordinary school or college makes no provision, and to
acquire a knowledge of natural and physical phenomena that will prove
of increasing interest throughout their lives.

For those destined for a professional career, whether as teachers
or gardeners, the opportunities are daily increasing. The growth of
gardens, as instruments of education, in connection with elementary
and secondary schools within the past two or three years has been
remarkable. The number of elementary school gardens has risen from 379
in 1903 to 570 in 1905 according to the last report of the Board of
Education. In 1906 there was a very considerable advance, but the exact
figures have not yet been issued, nor are any statistics available in
regard to secondary schools. The great difficulty in every county is
the scarcity of teachers qualified to undertake gardening and general
nature-study. For these duties the training at Swanley affords an
excellent preparation. Lord Onslow, when, as President of the Board
of Agriculture, he distributed the prizes in July, 1904, particularly
emphasised this point. A student who has followed the complete course
may obtain a position as gardening or nature-study mistress at a
secondary school, or as a peripatetic teacher of those subjects for a
group of elementary day schools. With the object of assisting those
already engaged in such tuition as well as those who contemplate a
similar appointment, the college now provides a Special Third-year
Course in natural history.

The demand for well-trained gardeners, capable of acting as the head
and assuming the responsibility for a large private garden, exceeds
the supply. Applications have again and again to be refused. These
posts are desirable in themselves, and furnish infinite scope for the
exercise of individual taste and skill. We are glad to note that the
salaries offered are somewhat higher than formerly, but they are still
often insufficient to attract the best and most promising students.


                STUDLEY HORTICULTURAL COLLEGE, STUDLEY,
                             WARWICKSHIRE

                  _Founder_: THE COUNTESS OF WARWICK

                   _Warden_: MISS MABEL C. FAITHFUL


                         STAFF OF INSTRUCTORS

   _Horticulture_, MR. W. IGGULDEN, F.R.H.S., and MR. W. SARSONS;
   _Botany_, MR. W. B. GROVES, M.A. (CANTAB); _Poultry_, MR.
   GEORGE A. PALMER; _Dairy Farming and Agriculture_, _Dairy
   Instructress_, MISS K. A. BAYNES, N.D.D., B.D.F.A., Diploma;
   _Book-keeping and Business Training_, MR. A. E. M. LONG
   (Chartered Accountant); _Apiculture_, MR. W. HERROD, F.E.S.;
   _Fruit Bottling and Jam Making_, MISS CRAN; _Cooking Lessons_,
   MISS FAITHFULL.

Studley Castle is situated about two and a half miles from Studley
Station (Midland Railway) on a branch line between Birmingham and
Evesham.

  [Illustration: AT WORK IN THE VINERY, STUDLEY COLLEGE FOR LADY
  GARDENERS.]

Students may enter for a course of instruction in any of the following
groups:--

   (_a_) _Horticulture and Bee-keeping._--Certificate course two
   years; diploma course three years.

   (_b_) _Dairy Work, Poultry and Bee-keeping._--Certificate course
   one year; diploma course two years.

The _Session_ (year) is of 40 weeks’ duration, and consists of
three terms of about thirteen weeks each, beginning respectively
in September, January, and May. Students are advised to enter at
the commencement of the session, in September, although they can be
admitted at any time.

An _examination_ in each group is held at the end of every term. A
final examination is held at the end of the session (July), and Studley
College certificates and diplomas are awarded to successful candidates
who have completed their full course.

_Short courses_ of instruction lasting either six or ten weeks are
held at the college, the subjects taught being in accordance with the
work done in each department at the particular time of year.

Studley College grants diplomas and certificates to those students
who have completed their training, and who have passed the necessary
examinations. It is believed that these diplomas and certificates will
have a distinct value in the educational and business world, as being
the distinctions awarded to skilled and practical workers.

The arrangements for the horticultural sections are as follow:--

Certificate in horticulture, both practical and theoretical, will be
granted after two years’ training; it will include horticulture,
botany, soils and manures, entomology, and book-keeping. The diploma in
horticulture will only be granted after three years’ training.


                            SCHEME OF WORK

1.--Students may prepare for either or both the examinations of the
Royal Horticultural Society and Studley College certificate and diploma.

   (a) The Royal Horticultural Society.--This examination is held
   in April or May, and includes:--

   _The Elementary Principles on which Horticultural practice is
   based_: (1) Soils; (2) Requirements of growth--water, heat,
   air; (3) Seeds; (4) Roots; (5) Stems and Branches; (6) Leaves;
   (7) Tubers and Bulbs; (8) Growth and Development; (9)Flowers;
   (10)Fruit; (11)Seed; (12) Variation and Selection; (13) Names
   and Orders of Common Garden Plants, Trees, etc.

   _Horticultural Operations and Practice._--(1) Elements
   of Surveying and Landscape Gardening; (2) Choice of Site for
   Garden; (3) Description and use of Implements; (4) Operations
   connected with the Cultivation of the Land; (5) Propagation; (6)
   Fruit Culture; (7) Vegetable Culture; (8) Flower Culture; (9)
   Manures; (10) Hybridisation and Selection; (11) Arboriculture;
   (12) Insect and Fungus Pests.

_Practical Work._--This includes the care of lawns (mowing and
rolling), paths and beds; weeding, potting; planting and propagating
flowers and vegetables; mixing soils; seed sowing. Work in kitchen
and flower gardens, shrubberies, greenhouses, frames, and hot beds.
Budding, grafting, pruning, and planting. Rotation of crops. Orchard
work. Cultivation of tomatoes, cucumbers, and melons. Planting of
herbaceous borders. Classification of plants, fertilisation. Diseases
of plants. Labelling plants and seeds. Table decorations, wreath and
bouquet making.

_Bee-keeping._--Students are prepared for the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd
Class Experts’ Examination of the British Bee-keepers’ Association and
are fully instructed in apiculture, both in theory and practice.

_Fruit bottling and preserving._--Course of instruction in fruit
bottling and preserving, jam making, etc., will be held during the
fruit season (June to October). Students can join for two weeks at a
time or longer. Fee, including board and residence, £5 5s. for two
weeks.

_Marketing department and business training._--Students, on the
completion of their full course, may take a course for three months in
the marketing department, at the usual fees. This will enable them to
obtain a knowledge of this important branch, which it is impossible for
them to get during their regular period of training. Students may enter
for this branch alone if desired.

The course includes:--Business methods; the markets, and methods of
buying and selling goods; packing; railway rates, etc.

_Manual training._--Instruction in manual training and woodwork
is given by the college carpenter, and includes:--Tools, their names
and uses, proper methods of using and sharpening; simple joints, etc.
Construction of portable poultry-house and appliances; beehives and
appliances, garden appliances, and various articles of general utility.


                                 FEES

All fees are required to be paid terminally in advance, _i.e._, on
or before the first day of each term. A full term’s notice in writing
must be given to the Warden before the removal of any student from the
college; in default of which notice payment of the term’s fees will be
required. Notice of removal received after a term has begun will take
effect at the end of the term next ensuing.

Short courses:--Students may enter for these at any time when they are
arranged.

All fees must be paid in advance. In no cases can fees be returned.


                           RESIDENT STUDENTS

Full training, with board and residence at the college, in
horticulture, or dairy and poultry work: cubicle, £80 a year;
study-bedroom, £100 and £120 a year. Short courses for ten weeks:
cubicle, £25; study-bedroom, £30. Short courses for six weeks: cubicle,
£15; study-bedroom, £18. Bee-keeping is optional, and may be combined
with either of the above courses, an additional fee of £5 5s. a year,
or £2 2s. a term, being charged. Fruit bottling and preserving:--Two
weeks’ course, including board and residence, £5 5s. Manual training
and carpentering, £3 3s. a year, or £1 10s. a term. Cooking lessons,
£1 5s. a term. Extra charges: Use of microscopes, 5s. a year; use of
gardening tools, 5s. a year; use of carpentering tools, 5s. a year.

  [Illustration: PREPARING THE FRAMES AT STUDLEY COLLEGE FOR LADY
  GARDENERS.]


                         NON-RESIDENT STUDENTS

Non-resident students can be received at the college under certain
conditions. Fees for instruction in each department, 25s. a week, or
£13 6s. 8d. per term.

Candidates for admission to the college are requested to write to the
Warden for full particulars and admission form, which must be filled
in with the name, age, and experience of the intending student, the
particular course of study which she wishes to follow, and her ultimate
object in seeking instruction. (These admission forms will be regarded
as strictly confidential. After receiving notification that her
application has been accepted, the intending student will be liable for
a term’s fees.)

The Warden of the college prefers to interview intending students
previous to admission whenever possible.

The college is open to visitors, but they are asked to make an
appointment beforehand. The best route is from Euston, 9.20, reaching
Birmingham 11.30; train for Studley, 12 o’clock, from same station;
returning from Studley, 4.38, and Birmingham, 7 o’clock. Studley can
also be reached from Paddington, G.W.R., _viâ_ Evesham. Students
must be in residence at the college on the day previous to the
commencement of a term.


               ROYAL BOTANIC SOCIETY OF LONDON PRACTICAL
                      GARDENING SCHOOL FOR LADIES

Held in the SOCIETY’S GARDENS, REGENT’S PARK, and officially
recognised by the Technical Education Board of the London County
Council.

The course of instruction extends over three years, and commences on
October 1st.


                         SUBJECTS: FIRST YEAR

_Outdoor Work._--Ground operations, implements used; levelling
with borning rods; draining; formation of paths, beds, and lawns;
trenching, digging and hoeing; preparation for planting, etc.; care
of lawns--mowing with machine, sweeping, weeding, and rolling; flower
gardening--herbaceous borders, pricking off, planting; staking, tying
and watering; vegetable and fruit garden--double digging, manuring;
preparation of seed beds; aërating the soil.

_Indoor Work._--Cleaning and crocking pots; materials required for
composts; potting, watering, cleaning, staking, tying and top-dressing
plants; propagation by cuttings, as geraniums, etc.; pricking off
seedlings.


                              SECOND YEAR

_Outdoor Work._--Preparing and storing manure, methods of
application; care of lawns, flower and kitchen garden, shrubbery,
fernery, etc.; sowing vegetable and flower seeds, and planting tubers;
growing vegetables, flowers and fruits; outdoor tomato culture.

_Indoor Work._--Horticultural buildings, repairing, painting and
glazing; propagation by division of roots, stems, and tubers; forcing
and retarding; insects and fungoid pests; methods of extermination;
melon, cucumber and tomato culture.

_Theoretical Work._--Suitable manures for various soils;
principles of hot-water heating.


                              THIRD YEAR

Pruning trees and shrubs; mowing with scythe; special classes of
plants; hybridisation and selection; care of conservatory, plant
houses, frames and pits; spraying plants; mushroom culture; vine and
fig culture; budding and grafting; labelling.

_Theoretical Work._--Keeping garden accounts, stock books, stores,
etc.; purchase of pots, gravel, sand, peat, manure, etc.; elementary
meteorology; theory of landscape gardening; plant parasites; sprays
and washes for insect pests; classes and laboratory work in botany and
horticultural chemistry.

The society undertakes that each pupil shall be given opportunities
for studying and practising each of the above subjects, but it cannot
guarantee that in every case the order of the above list will be
adhered to.


                       FEES FOR THE ABOVE COURSE

First year, £20; second year, £15; third year, £10. Floral decoration
is £1. 1s. per annum.

A year’s course in gardening is given to ladies who possess gardens in
the country. Early application should be made to the superintendent,
Mrs. J. Bryant Sowerby, Botanic Gardens, Regent’s Park.

       *       *       *       *       *

Amongst the rules I see that pupils must attend at the gardens at 9.30
a.m. in summer, and 10 a.m. in winter, and are allowed an interval of
one hour and a half (12.30 to 2) in the middle of the day.

Six students having passed out of the Royal Botanic Gardens are
working their own gardens. Two have started as market gardeners.
Several are working as jobbing gardeners and companion gardeners.


             THE EDINBURGH SCHOOL OF GARDENING FOR WOMEN,
                        CORSTORPHINE, EDINBURGH

                     MISS BARKER AND MISS MORISON,

       _Diplomées of Swanley Horticultural College; Certificated
              Gardeners, Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh_

The objects of this school are to prepare women for the various
branches of practical professional gardening--to fit them for managing
a market garden, or for taking charge of private gardens--and to give
instruction to those who wish to devote themselves with intelligence to
gardening as a private interest.

_Situation._--The gardens are situated on the south slope of
Corstorphine Hill, in a charming district just beyond the suburbs of
Edinburgh. They are within two miles of the west end of the city,
within three minutes’ walk of the 'bus service, and within seven
minutes’ walk of Corstorphine railway station. The position is
eminently suitable both for gardening and for residence.

_Grounds._--Part of the garden is devoted to growing for market,
and students are taught how to work a market garden through all its
stages--from the preparation of the ground and sowing the seeds to the
packing of the produce for the market. In this department is included
the growing of stuff under glass, such as tomatoes, cucumbers, flowers,
etc. Another department deals with the requirements of good private
gardens, and includes a vinery, peach-house, mushroom-house, rose
garden, herbaceous border, and kitchen garden.

_Practical Instruction._--The practical instruction includes
all the details of actual work, such as hoeing, digging, care of
glass-houses, propagation of plants by seeds, cuttings, etc.;
planting-out, thinning, potting, pruning, gathering, and packing.
Demonstrations, in which the students take a practical part, are
given by experts in bee-keeping and floral decoration, including
bouquet-making, sprays and button-holes, table decoration, and wreaths.

_Theoretical Instruction._--All intelligent practical work must
include a certain amount of theoretical instruction in order to explain
the reasons for the various operations necessary. At the same time a
more formal and exact study of the sciences underlying the practice
of gardening is necessary, and in order to obtain this the students
attend certain classes at the Edinburgh and East of Scotland College
of Agriculture. Students are prepared for the Royal Horticultural
Society’s Examination.

_The Curriculum._--The full curriculum extends over two years.
Shorter courses may be arranged for those who wish to study with a view
to private instruction only, and do not propose to follow gardening as
a profession.

_The Diploma._--Every care is taken in the arrangements for
practical instruction, lectures and examinations, to ensure that the
diploma shall be a reliable guarantee of thorough efficiency in the
theory and practice of gardening. It will be granted only to students
who have taken part in the regular practical work of the school for two
years, and have passed satisfactorily examinations in the following
subjects:--

Horticulture (Royal Horticultural Society’s Examination), practical
horticulture, botany, agricultural chemistry, book-keeping.

_Boarding arrangements._--Both resident and non-resident students
are received. Resident students live with the principals, Miss Barker
and Miss Morison. Two references are required from each student.

_Terms._--The session is divided into three terms, beginning
respectively in May, October, and January. Students are advised to
begin either in May or in October.

_Fees._--Resident students, £70 a year; resident students, with
separate bedroom, £86; non-resident students, with dinner and tea, £40.
Fees are payable at the beginning of each term. A term’s notice is
required before a student leaves, otherwise the fee for the term will
be charged.

_Examiner in Practical Horticulture_--MR. BERRY, East of
Scotland College of Agriculture.


              CLASSES TAKEN AT THE EDINBURGH AND EAST OF
                    SCOTLAND COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE

   _Horticulture_, MR. G. P. BERRY. _Agricultural Chemistry_, A.
   LAUDER, D.SC. _Agricultural Natural History_, R. S. MACDOUGALL,
   M.A., D.SC., F.R.S.E.


                CLASS TAKEN AT THE HERIOT-WATT COLLEGE

   _Botany_ (_Advanced and Elementary_), R. S. MACDOUGALL, M.A.,
   D.SC., F.R.S.E.


                            THE YEAR’S WORK

The following sketch calendar of the actual work shared in by the
students month by month may be of service to those who have little
practical acquaintance with gardening. No sketch of this kind can show
all the details of daily work, and the separation into months is merely
for convenience, as in almost every case the work of one month overlaps
with that of another. Certain operations, such as hoeing and weeding,
extend throughout the greater part of the year; plants under glass
require daily attention, and, in addition, there is the specialised
culture required by special classes of plants--vines, peaches,
tomatoes, etc.--which is not indicated in this calendar:--

_January._--In this month there is much important work to be
done under glass and in the forcing-houses. Seeds are sown almost
daily--flower seeds, such as annual carnations, petunias, antirrhinums,
etc.; and vegetables, such as lettuce, leeks, onions, cauliflowers,
cucumbers, tomatoes, etc. There are also the gathering and packing of
forced flowers and rhubarb, and the forcing of these and other plants.
When possible, seed-beds are prepared in the open.

_February._--Much of January’s work is continued this month.
Seed-sowing goes on, some of it in the open. Plants sown in January
have to be potted and pricked out in pans and boxes. Watering, heating,
and ventilation in the various glass-houses require great attention.
The taking of chrysanthemum cuttings is continued from last month.

_March._--This is perhaps the busiest month of the garden year.
The preparation of seed-beds and the cleaning of the ground must be
completed, as well as the sowing of almost every vegetable that is
in the garden, of hardy annual flowers in the open, and of half-hardy
annuals in frames. Strawberries are planted, young tomatoes potted
on, cucumbers attended to, and more seed sown for late crops. Rooted
chrysanthemum cuttings have to be potted on.

_April._--Much time this month must be devoted to seedlings to
prevent overcrowding and weakening. Cauliflowers are planted out, and
vegetable marrows sown in pots for planting out later. More sowings of
vegetables and of hardy annuals are made, and half-hardy annuals are
hardened-off previous to planting in the open.

_May._--In this month sowings are repeated of all vegetables
required for succession. Celery plants are pricked out and trenches
prepared. Cabbages are planted out; runner beans are sown; weeding and
hoeing go on constantly.

_June._--The gathering, bunching, and packing of cut flowers form
an important part of this month’s work. Celery is put in trenches;
mushroom-beds are prepared. Much attention is required by tomatoes and
cucumbers.

_July._--Flowers for cutting are now more plentiful, and, in
addition, the smaller fruits have to be gathered and packed for market.
Carnations have to be layered, and strawberry runners pegged down.
Broccoli and cabbage are planted out; biennial and perennial flowers
may still be sown.

_August and September._--These months are the school holidays.
The chief work in the garden is the continued gathering and packing of
fruit and flowers, and keeping the ground clean.

_October._--Bulbs are potted to be forced when well rooted;
wallflower is transplanted to its blooming quarters; chrysanthemums are
brought in, and celery is earthed up. Vacant plots of ground can be
made ready for winter by digging and manuring.

_November._--Some bulbs can be planted out in the open; plants
ready for forcing are brought in. Cucumbers for an early crop are sown
now, and mustard and cress are sown weekly. The glass and brickwork of
the houses are thoroughly cleaned. When weather permits, the pruning
of fruit-trees and bushes is carried on in this and the other winter
months. Chrysanthemums are bunched and packed for market.

_December._--Rhubarb is brought in for forcing; vines are pruned,
and peach-trees trained.

In bad weather, work is carried on in the glass-houses or the
potting-shed, or the time is allowed for study.


           ROYAL BOTANIC GARDENS, GLASNEVIN, DUBLIN, IRELAND

F. W. Moore, Esq., Director of the above gardens, is kind enough to
admit two ladies as students in horticulture. No fees are charged,
and there is no remuneration of any sort given. There is no syllabus,
as the students work under the immediate direction of Mr. Moore.
They obtain a thorough knowledge of general garden practice. Cross
pollination, collecting seeds, fruit pruning, and all kinds of work,
both indoors and out-of-doors, is taught. It is not possible to obtain
a more general gardening experience than is given here. All lectures
are free. The places are usually taken some years in advance. The
first two ladies came on July 1, 1898, and eighteen in all have passed
through up to 1907. Of these, the following are at present actively
employed as follows:--

Lucy Douglas, County Council Instructor in Horticulture, Co. Cavan;
Jane Langley, gardening, laying out gardens, giving advice, good
employment in Co. Waterford; Katherine Kinnear, market and nursery
gardening in Scotland; Rose Pollock, private secretary and assistant
to F. W. Moore, Esq., Botanic Gardens, Dublin; Jean Rogers, working as
head gardener; Christina Carlyon, instructor in horticultural college
in South Africa; Jane Garner, working her own garden, and botanical and
horticultural teacher in Dublin; Emmeline Crocker, head gardener over
a large garden in Cornwall; May Crosbie, working her own garden. The
students can obtain comfortable and cheap rooms in Dublin, in order to
attend daily at the gardens.

       *       *       *       *       *

The London County Council has organised classes for gardeners, which
ladies may attend at

              THE LONDON COUNTY COUNCIL NORWOOD TECHNICAL
                INSTITUTE, KNIGHT’S HILL, WEST NORWOOD

The following are the syllabuses:


          BOTANY (THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL), 5s. PER COURSE

   Stage I.--(Elementary): Fridays, 9–10; Practical Class, 7.30–9.
   Stage II. (Advanced): Fridays, 6.30–7.30; Practical Class, 7.30–9

                  _Lecturer_: MISS EVA WHITLEY, B.SC.


         STAGE I. (Covering the London Matriculation Syllabus)

_Elementary._--The study of the typical flowering plant; the
form and function of the plant organs and the variations which adapt
them to special conditions; the inflorescence; the pollination and
fertilisation of flowers, fruits and seeds; germination; the nutrition,
respiration and growth of plants; the movements exhibited by plants;
the outlines of the cellular structure of plants; elements of plant
classification, with special reference to some of the more important
British natural orders.


            STAGE II. (Covering the Inter-Science Syllabus)

_Advanced._--More advanced work in the subjects taken in the
elementary course. Study of typical members of the larger sub-divisions
of the plant world (pinus, picra, selaginella, aspidium, funaria,
pellia, fucus, spirogyra, hæmatococcus, agaricus, eurotium, puccinia,
parmelia, collema, pythium, mucor, saccharomyces), and of additional
natural orders to those taken in Stage I.; plant œcology.

In the practical class specimens are examined and described,
microscopic preparations made, and a few of the simpler experiments
illustrative of physiological processes are carried out.

Two or three museum visits are arranged during the session. These
classes should prove useful and interesting to those engaged in
horticulture and the allied callings.


                     GARDENING, 2s. 6d. PER COURSE

                 _Lecturer_: CHAS. H. CURTIS, F.R.H.S.

                          Tuesdays, 7.45–9.15


                               SYLLABUS

_Introduction._--Need for better methods. How to plant.

_Soils._--Kinds and values. Cultivation and improvement. Manures
and their value for certain crops and soils. Propagation. Seeds and
seedlings. Cuttings and layers. Budding and grafting. Spring-flowering
bulbs. Selections.

_Planting and potting._--Chrysanthemums for garden and greenhouses.

_Small fruits._--Varieties for town and suburban gardens. Pruning
and training. Choice fruits; peaches, nectarines, figs, grapes and
melons.

_Beautiful trees and shrubs._--Flowering, deciduous and evergreen.
Rock, wall, and water gardening.

Lawns and walks. Fences and screens. Edgings. Window, balcony, and
home gardening. Garden design and improvement. The use and abuse of
garden tools. Herbaceous borders. Selections and times of flowering.
Summer bedding plants and flowers. Autumn flowers. Conservatory and
greenhouse. Annual and biennial plants. Roses for summer and autumn.

_Vegetable culture._--Root crops. Onions, leeks, and shallots.
Cauliflowers, winter greenstuffs. Salads. Peas for small gardens,
beans, marrows, tomatoes. Asparagus, seakale, mushrooms. Forcing.

The syllabus is subject to alteration to meet the needs of the class.
Each lecture will be illustrated by specimens, demonstration,
blackboard diagrams, etc. Several outings and daylight demonstrations
will be arranged during the session.

       *       *       *       *       *

Ladies may attend the following courses arranged by the London County
Council at

              BROWNHILL ROAD EVENING SCIENCE, ART, ETC.,
                   COMMERCIAL CENTRE, CATFORD, S.E.

Five shillings the session is charged to students over sixteen, and 2s.
6d. to those under sixteen, for one or more subjects, including science
and art.


                       BIOLOGY AND NATURE STUDY

                      _Instructor_: MR. G. ALFORD

In the first stage, students will investigate the external features,
general structure, mode of life, surroundings, life-history, and habits
of flowering plants, yeast, frog, amœba, etc.

In the second stage the subjects of the elementary class will be
studied more fully, together with the earthworm, crayfish, dogfish,
pine, fern, selaginella.

The practical work will deal with nutrition, respiration, etc.,
including dissection and the microscopic examination of the smaller
organisms.


                             HORTICULTURE

                     _Instructor_: MR. E. H. SMITH

This course of lectures is arranged specially for those who take an
interest in gardening.

The syllabus of instruction deals with: the cultivation of vegetables,
hardy fruit, etc.; the management of the orchard house, flower garden,
flowers under glass, seed growing, propagation, etc.

       *       *       *       *       *

Ladies may attend the courses offered by the London County Council at

                BLOOMFIELD ROAD EVENING COMMERCIAL AND
                   SCIENCE AND ART CENTRE, PLUMSTEAD

Five shillings the session for one or more subjects, including science
and art, for students over sixteen. For those under sixteen, 2s. 6d.
per session for one or more subjects.


                       BOTANY--STAGES I. AND II.

                     _Instructor_: MR. W. P. BOLAS

The lectures will cover but not be confined to the syllabus of the
Board of Education. Every assistance will be given to those engaged in
the teaching of Nature study. Practical work with experiments forms
a special feature of the course. Formation of collections of dried
specimens of leaves, fruits, seeds, etc. Special study of British wild
flowers. Occasional botanical rambles and visits to places of botanical
interest.

    Text Books:--Stage I.--Oliver’s “Elementary Botany.”
                 Stage II.--Lowson’s “Second Stage Botany.”


                             HORTICULTURE

STAGE I.--This stage provides an elementary course on the science
of plant life and soil, and will be taught chiefly by experiment and
observation.

_Plant life._--Seeds. Roots. Leaves structure, transpiration,
formation of starch. Stems. Buds. Flowers. Fruits. Seeds. Annuals,
biennials, bulbs, tubers, perennials.

_The soil._--Plant food. Origin and composition of soils. How
plants appropriate food from the soil.

STAGE II.--_Soil and situation._--Conditions which render
land suitable to particular forms of horticulture. Market gardening.
Hardy fruit growing. Nursery stock. Cultivation under glass. Proximity
to markets or stations. Cost of labour and manure. Conditions of tenure.

_Arrangements._--Design of a garden to suit particular purposes.
Shelter hedges and wind breaks. Water supply. Roadways and paths.

_Tillage._--The various operations and tools required. Drainage.
The amelioration of the soil by liming, claying, the incorporation of
lightening materials on clay soils.

_Composts and manures._--Loam, peat, leaf mould, farmyard manure,
liquid manure, artificial manures.

_Vegetables._--The cultivation of the standard vegetables in the
open air (1) for show, (2) for private consumption, (3) for market
work. Preparation of land, time of sowing, manures, management,
insect pests, harvesting and storing of each crop. The character of
the leading varieties of the cabbage, kale, broccoli, cauliflower,
lettuce, spinach, etc., celery, turnips, beet, carrots, parsnips,
potatoes, onions, peas and beans, asparagus and seakale, tomatoes in
the open air. Succession of crops. Forcing. Growth of tomatoes, beans,
cucumbers, etc., under glass. Mushrooms under glass and in sheds.

_Hardy fruit._--Preparation of the land, planting, pruning and
root management, manures. Spraying. Leading varieties of strawberries,
gooseberries, raspberries, currants, apples, plums, pears and cherries,
filberts and other nuts. Renovation of old fruit trees.

_Orchard house._--Peaches, nectarines, figs, apricots, cherries,
etc. Insect pests, etc.

_The flower garden._--Hardy and half-hardy annuals. Bedding out.
The herbaceous border. The rock garden and hardy fernery. Management of
roses, etc., for show.

_Flowers under glass._--Azaleas, ericas, etc., lily of the valley,
etc., rose, chrysanthemums, etc.

_Shrubs and trees._--Flowering shrubs, etc.

_Seed growing._--Saving and storing seed. Cross fertilisation and
hybridising. Selection and fixation of new varieties.

_Propagation._--Division, offsets. Bulbous plants. Soft and hard
wooded cuttings. Layering. Stocks for fruit trees, etc. Grafting and
budding.

       *       *       *       *       *

Ladies may attend the course of instruction offered by the London
County Council at

               KILMORIE ROAD EVENING COMMERCIAL AND ART
                       CENTRE, FOREST HILL, S.E.

Five shillings fee per session is charged to students over sixteen, and
2s. 6d. per session to those under sixteen.


                             HORTICULTURE

        The syllabus of the Royal Horticultural Society will be
                                 taken

_Elementary principles on which horticultural practice is
based._--Soils, good and bad; their mineral composition; chemical
nature of fertilisers and their respective values. The physiological
values of water, heat, and air in plant growth. The structure of seeds
and their modes of germination; the chemical phenomena of germination;
the movements of seedlings and the uses of them. The functions of
roots; their anatomical structure; hindrances to healthy root-action
and their remedies. The uses of stems and branches; the anatomical
structure of ordinary dicotyledonous and of a monocotyledonous stem.
The physiological functions of leaves, and the action of light upon
them. The structure of tubers and other subterranean stems; the
structure of bulbs and buds; the general phenomena of vegetative
multiplication. The physiological processes undergone in growth
and development; the structure of an active cell, and the process
of cell-division and the formation of tissues. The structure of
flower-buds and of flowers; the methods of pollination, natural and
artificial. The process of impregnation of the ovule, and the formation
of embryo and endosperm. The classification and description of fruits;
the changes and development during ripening. The general characters of
the commoner families of plants in cultivation. The origin of species.

_Horticultural operations and practice._--Elements of surveying
and landscape gardening. Choice of site for garden. Description and
use of implements under each head. Operations connected with the
cultivation of the land, with explanations and illustrations of good
and bad methods; digging and trenching; draining, hoeing, stirring
the soil, and weeding; watering; preparation of seed beds; rolling
and raking, sowing, transplanting and thinning; potting, planting;
aspects, positions, and shelter; staking; earthing and blanching, etc.
Propagation, elementary principles; cuttings, buddings and grafting,
stocks used, layering, division, branch pruning, root pruning; old
and young trees and bushes. Training. Fruit culture: Open air and
under glass; small fruits; apples and pears; stone fruits; gathering
and storing; packing and marketing. General knowledge of fruits, and
selection of varieties. Vegetable culture: tubers and roots; green
vegetables; fruit and seeds; rotation of crops, and selection of
varieties. Flower culture, outside and under glass. Manures and their
application. Improvement of plants by cross-breeding, hybridisation and
selection. Arboriculture: trees and shrubs and their culture. Insect
and Fungus pests; prevention and treatment.

_Examination._--Royal Horticultural Society in April.


            PARTICULARS REGARDING SCHOOL GARDENS AT SCHOOLS
                MAINTAINED BY THE LONDON COUNTY COUNCIL

There are at present a number of schools maintained by the Council
where gardens exist. As a rule these gardens are kept in condition
by the caretaker or by the teachers and pupils. In such cases it is
the practice to allow an annual expenditure in respect of the garden,
the amount varying from 10s. to £2. In one case, namely, Bailey’s
Lane Mixed School, South Tottenham, an annual expenditure of £3
3s. is allowed, but at this school cottage gardening is taken as a
grant-earning subject, the Head Master being recognised as a qualified
teacher by the Board of Education.

With this exception the gardens are used for the purposes of
instruction in botany and nature study.

Special teachers are not engaged for the purpose of giving instruction
in gardening.

The Council has at present under consideration the general question of
the formation and maintenance of gardens in certain schools, and it is
proposed that all work in connection therewith shall be carried out
by a staff of gardeners employed by the Council, and that the gardens
shall be utilised for the purpose of instruction of the pupils in
nature study by the teachers on the staff.




                              CHAPTER XV

                   CONTINENTAL SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES


                                BELGIUM

   I am told upon good authority that although up to the present
   moment no schools of horticulture have been founded for ladies,
   the Government is contemplating the institution of one. In 1907
   six young ladies joined the classes of the Government School
   of Horticulture at Ghent. At the Vilvorde Government School of
   Horticulture three young women (foreigners) followed the school
   training, and one of them received a diploma. Quite recently
   a horticultural section has been opened in the Pensionnat
   d’Hiverlé, and three young ladies have joined it. Belgium
   possesses many _écoles ménagères agricoles_ for women, but
   these are more for agricultural or farming supervision.

   At the Horticultural Congress held in 1907 at St. Crond (in the
   province of Lunbourg), M. de Vuyst read an interesting paper in
   favour of gardening instruction for ladies.

Mademoiselle Rossignon in her admirable private school for girls at
86, Rue Gachard, Avenue Louise, Brussels, has organised classes where
gardening is taught. Here, each girl has the management of a plot
of ground, and elementary landscape gardening from simple designs
is shown. Besides being taught the use to which land can be put for
the cultivation of vegetables, fruit and flowers, students can learn
preserving and cooking fruits and vegetables.


                                DENMARK

I have received the following report from the National Council of Women
of Denmark, Copenhagen. There are in Denmark no horticultural colleges
for women only. But the colleges and schools admit women, and usually
on the same conditions as men.


            I.--DEN KONGELIGE VETERINOR AND LAND BOHOJSKOLE

          (_The Royal Veterinary and Agricultural College_),

                              COPENHAGEN

(Public State Institution), has also a division for horticulture.
The training is chiefly theoretical, and does not include practical
gardening, which must be learned elsewhere. The course lasts for
two years (of two terms each), and leads up to a state examination;
the candidate who successfully passes this has the title of
“havebrugskandidat.”

Certain entrance qualifications are required. The entrance fee is
10 kr.,[4] the fee per term (two terms a year), about 50 kr.; the
examination fees, Part I., 15 kr.; Part II., 25 kr. Scholarships may
be obtained. The college is not residential, and the students are not
subject to any rules out of school hours. Women are admitted on exactly
the same terms as men, but very few have hitherto graduated--only one
before 1894, and six after that time.

[4] One krone = 1s. 1½d.

The instruction is partly oral, partly in writing, partly work in the
laboratories. Botanical excursions are held nearly every week in the
spring and autumn. Practical training in surveying and levelling is
given in July of the first year’s course.


           SYLLABUS: LECTURES, CLASSES, PRACTICAL WORK, AND
                             DEMONSTRATION

                         _First Year’s Course_

                                           _Lessons per week._
                                       _First term._    _Second term._
    Mechanical physics and optics            3                2
    Chemical physics                         2                2
    Meteorology                              2                1
    Chemistry                                4                4
    Geology and knowledge of soils           4                4
    Botany                                   4                4
    General horticulture                     2                2
    Laying out of gardens and cultivation
        of ornamental plants                 2                1
    Horticultural zoology                    1                1
    Practical chemistry                      9                9
    Surveying (Oct. 1st to May 15th)         4                2
    Drawing                                  6                6

                        _Second Year’s Course_

    General horticulture                     3                2
    Cultivation of vegetables                2                2
    Orchard and nursery gardening            5                2
    Laying out of gardens and cultivation
        of ornamental plants                 2                3
    Forcing of useful plants                 2                3
    Horticultural botany                     4                4
    Pathology of plants                      2                2
    Horticultural zoology                    1
    Agricultural chemistry                   1                6
    Comparing of garden plans                6                6
    Practical horticulture                   2                2


                     THE EXAMINATIONS COMPRISE:--

              _Part I._ (_after the first year’s course_)

Physics and meteorology, oral; chemistry, oral, practical and written;
knowledge of soils, oral; botany, oral; surveying and levelling,
practical drawing.


             _Part II._ (_after the second year’s course_)

          (_No one is admitted to Part II. who has not passed
                      satisfactorily in Part I._)

General horticulture, oral and written; cultivation of vegetables, oral
and written; orchard and nursery gardening, oral and written; laying
out of gardens, etc., oral and written; forcing of useful plants, oral;
horticultural botany, oral; pathology of plants, oral; horticultural
zoology, oral; agricultural chemistry, practical and written; composing
of garden plans.


        II.--HAVEBRUGSHOJSKOLEN “VILVORDE” PR. CHARLOTTENLUND,
                            NEAR COPENHAGEN

This is a residential school for gardeners, both men and women. A full
course is of two or two-and-a-half years, comprising both practical
and theoretical training. The preferable age for students is from
eighteen to twenty. To be admitted the student must have been occupied
with gardening for two years. If there is room students without this
qualification may be admitted, but these must stay three years at the
school.

In the summer theory is studied from 6 till 10 a.m., practical work,
10.30 a.m. till 5.30 p.m.; in the winter, theory is from 2 till 6 p.m.,
practical work, 7.30 a.m. till 1 p.m.

The examinations are controlled by the Education Department. They are
both theoretical and practical.

Eight women have been trained during the three years since this
examination was instituted. The school itself is more than twenty-five
years old.

The fees for board, lodging, and instruction are on an average 35
kroner per month for the first year, and 32 kroner per month for the
second year.


        III.--THE ROYAL GARDENS AT ROSENBORG CASTLE, COPENHAGEN

Both men and women pupils are received, for a two years’ course. The
training is chiefly practical. Theoretical instruction is given during
winter in two lessons of two hours each a week in the mornings, and
three lessons of two hour each in the afternoons. In summer there are
some lessons in botany. During their training men get 10 kr. a month
the first year, 24 kr. the second. Women get nothing the first year, 10
kr. a month the second, but then they have not exactly the same work.

A practical examination can be entered for after five years’ practical
gardening: sometimes old students come back after some years to go in
for this examination. Not many women have been trained at Rosenborg,
and only one has had an appointment there--for a short time after her
training.

       *       *       *       *       *

Several estates and market gardens take women as pupils, but the
training is only practical. Very few women earn an independent living
as gardeners; market gardening is usually considered rather hard work
for women, and, besides, requires capital, and no woman has hitherto
obtained a superior situation in any of the larger gardens, public or
private. When they obtain a post they are usually paid less than the
men for the same work.

Upon the whole, gardening in Denmark does not seem at present to be
a very recommendable career for women who have to earn their living
by it. On the other hand, many women now study it for use in their
own homes. Thus there are State-aided courses for cottagers’ wives
and daughters both at Kjarhave and at a few other schools. Teachers
go through a course of gardening in order to be able to teach in the
school gardens.


                                GERMANY

   I am permitted to publish the following extracts, and they have
   been kindly put into English for me by a friend. They give an
   interesting description of the commencement of a school which
   is now one of the most famous in Germany. I am told, upon good
   authority, that posts for lady gardeners are easily obtained; in
   fact, that the demand is greater than the supply. The salaries
   vary from 400 marks to 2,000 marks and free living. The posts
   are chiefly in private gardens, sanatoria, and house-keeping
   schools.


              DR. ELVIRA CASTNER’S SCHOOL OF POMOLOGY AND
                       HORTICULTURE, MARIENFELDE

                          By MARIE C. VORWERK

In 1877 a German lady-student was living in the American seaport of
Baltimore. She loved in her leisure hours to seek the harbour and watch
the ships come and go. One day in autumn she saw with astonishment,
from a train of perhaps fifteen to twenty coaches, an immense quantity
of small square boxes unloaded and brought to a ship. On inquiry as to
their contents, where they came from, and whither bound, she was told
they were apples from California, destined for Germany, and that this
fruit was sent every year in increasing numbers to Germany and other
European countries.

  [Illustration: STUDENTS AT THE SCHOOL OF POMOLOGY AND
  HORTICULTURE MARIENFELDE, NEAR BERLIN.]

Why should Germany import foreign fruit? Has she not in all her
provinces tracts of land with conditions and climate suitable for
fruit and vegetable growing, and why should not German women earn
a livelihood by horticulture? From these questions, which the
student asked herself in the harbour of Baltimore, has arisen the
Horticultural School of Marienfelde. In the meantime the lady was
naturally inclined to continue her chosen career of dentistry, to
finish her studies, and begin to earn her living. But the idea would
not rest! Whoever comes to Marienfelde to-day and sees there the
stately building in its large garden, or has met a lady-gardener,
trained at Marienfelde, in her thoroughly satisfying calling, must
acknowledge what splendid results have sprung from this idea of the
German student in the distant American commercial town.

A bee-hive with the inscription, “No reward without diligence,” is
carved over one of the entrance-doors of the school; a suitable
escutcheon as warning and incentive to the entering students, and not
less as a reminder of the origin of the school and the busy life of its
foundress.

Elvira Castner was a chemist’s daughter, born in 1844 in a small town
of western Prussia, and was a very lively, clever child. That she might
not have to go from home for her education, her parents sent her to
a boys’ school, kept by a very scholarly pastor; there she eagerly
studied every subject up till then reserved for boys. After two years
at a seminary in Posen, she passed her teacher’s examination. She liked
her calling as teacher, but owing to throat trouble had to give up this
profession. She went to Berlin for five years, and her health being
re-established, her long-restrained love for medicine woke to new life.
Liberal Berlin granted her what had been unattainable in the provinces.

She returned from Baltimore in 1878, with her degree as dental-surgeon,
set up as a dentist in Berlin, and soon gained an extensive practice.
Her mother and sisters came to reside with her, and one of her sisters,
after taking her dental degree in America, became her assistant. Having
attained her object, there came a time of comparative rest, in which
the idea of German Horticulture stepped again into the foreground.
Leisure hours were utilised for botanical study, holiday tours to
visit various horticultural schools, pomological institutions and
model-gardens in Reutlingen, Stuttgart, Switzerland, etc.

In the year 1889 an opportunity occurred to purchase in the
neighbourhood of Berlin a small piece of ground where her acquired
theoretical knowledge might be put into practice. Dr. Elvira Castner,
with her family, occupied part of the double house built on the ground,
while the remainder was let. A market garden was laid out--the rougher
work being done by the porter’s wife. The sisters took charge of the
remainder, aided by the counsel of their mother, an experienced farmer.

The first practical trial of a School of Horticulture for women was
made at this time by the wife of the Counsellor of Commerce for
Charlottenburg. Dr. Elvira Castner thought herself fortunate to see
her idea so soon realised, and gave the school her warmest interest.
As vice-president of the Berlin society for the benefit of women,
she had opportunity to know it well. The society protected the
school, and appointed a commission for the promotion of pomology and
horticulture, of which Miss Castner was chairman. Accompanied by this
committee she visited the Charlottenburger school, and came back quite
disillusioned. That school of horticulture was not to her mind; the
tending of flowers was undertaken, but without any solid instruction,
and fruit and vegetable cultivation were never mentioned.

At the first sitting of the commission, she gave her ideas on the
subject of a School for Horticulture, and was requested to embody them
in a report, so as to reach a larger public. In complying with this
desire she answered clearly and convincingly the three questions:

   1. Should more be done in our Fatherland for pomology and
   horticulture?

   2. Is it possible for women to follow a gardener’s calling, and
   to earn a living by it?

   3. How would an educated woman, after sufficient training, find
   opportunity to practise this calling?

The report was published in several papers, and Dr. Castner received
letters from all parts, asking where the school of horticulture was
to be found, carried out on these principles. A determined little
lady, Frau Rackau, from Jena, came to Berlin to present herself at
this school. It seemed the propitious moment to start the school;
friends thronged round, circumstances were favourable. An attempt
by the formation of a company to interest a larger public failed
miserably, and courageous Dr. Castner, inspired by the need of giving
to German women the new calling of practical gardening, opened on the
1st October, 1894, the first German female School of Horticulture,
with seven scholars. The other part of the Friedenauer house happened
to be free; it was turned into living-and classrooms for the future
scholars. The necessary tools were obtained, and so the work began,
though differently from Miss Castner’s first intentions. As it had
not been possible to rouse the active interest of educated German
women, particularly those living in the country, the school could not
be limited to their own country-women, as had been the original plan.
Our statistical tables plainly show how largely foreigners are in the
majority.

The difficulties of the beginning were successfully overcome; the
garden, now three acres, attracted students in growing numbers. In
April, 1895, ten new scholars joined the original seven, and in the
next year seventeen were added. From that time a regular increase went
on.

Yet many hindrances remained. If women were indifferent, gardeners
showed the liveliest, though not friendly, interest in the scheme, and
it took years to convince them they would not be harmed by the new
ideas.

Prominent men like Professors Wittenack, Herren, Ascherson, Sorauer,
Garden-Inspector Lindemint, and others, whose judgment carried great
weight, were most sceptical. They feared, not without cause, that
the training for women, as was too common, would be imperfect. Some
examinations, at which they were present on the invitation of Dr.
Elvira Castner, convinced them of the thoroughness of our work, and
with just pride we count them now amongst our truest friends.

The establishment soon won general respect. House and garden at
Friedenau became too small, and a move was made in October, 1899,
to Marienfelde, where the garden of ten acres and the large house
promised to be sufficient for years to come. Miss Castner gave up
her dental practice and devoted herself entirely to the school. The
interest of German women was at last awakened, and what was impossible
ten years previously was now imitated in Godesberg and other places.
Schools of horticulture, on the Marienfelde model, were started.

Next comes the question of the training and the after career of the
students. The prospectus and plan of studies of the institution
abundantly answer the first question. I believe I can rightly say
one seldom finds such an excellent organisation, with so harmonious
an intermingling of theory and practice. The gardener’s calling is
thoroughly practical, but theoretical instruction cannot be left in
the background. In our school only the afternoon hours belong to
scientific exposition, the whole morning is devoted to practical work.
This is more necessary, as most ladies come to us without the slightest
preliminary knowledge, and an obligatory previous apprenticeship was
part of our ideal scheme. It is no slight task for a head-gardener to
overlook and occupy in the garden fifty to sixty ladies, many without
former training. A suitable organisation, formed in the course of
years, considerably lightens this task, and the number of students
in the gardens might be doubled without causing Herr Cornelius (our
present head-gardener) much more trouble. Each lady learns to begin and
finish her task without help; second year students are allowed partly
to arrange their own work for each season, and are responsible for
their management of it.

The ten-acre garden is not sufficient to employ the many students,
although all the work is done by the ladies; more ground has been
added, and, in addition, each class undertakes to keep in order one or
two private gardens in the colony.

What becomes of all the students after training? Do they find really
satisfactory posts? Up till now the situations offered cannot be
filled, there not being sufficient candidates. The great varieties
in the exercise of this calling, which in my opinion are not nearly
exhausted, promise to all women, giving themselves to it, a suitable
and pleasant occupation.

All nerve and lung sanatoria, as well as Nature Cure establishments,
on whose patients garden work exercises such a beneficial effect,
all house-keeping schools, kindergarten, benevolent institutions and
orphanages will, it is to be hoped, in a few years, consider the
appointment of a trained lady gardener a matter of course. Then come
posts in private gardens, in town or country, nursery gardens, soon it
is to be hoped school gardens, and all new schools of horticulture.

A glance at our statistics shows that proportionately few scholars
of the two years’ course undergo the examination, and later take
situations. This is explained by the different scholars who come here,
and who may be divided into three classes:--

1. Those who actually prepare for a profession.

2. So-called “hospitantinnen,” mostly ailing ladies, ordered by a
doctor work in the open air.

3. Young girls between sixteen and eighteen years of age, who in
healthy open-air work seek relaxation after school time, and a
substitute for the usual year in a boarding-school. This state of
affairs is not likely to last much longer. New institutions will branch
off; some, perhaps, only for delicate women, others reserved for young
girls.


                       STATISTICAL OBSERVATIONS

The school was from October 1, 1894, to April 1, 1904, attended by

    Two years’ scholars                         114
    One year scholars                            31
    Scholars less than a year                    33
    Special students                             54
                                                ---
                               Total            232

    April 1, 1904. Scholars received             13
    April 1, 1904. Special scholars received      7
    May, 1904. Special scholars received          2
                                                ---
                                                254

Till April 1, 1904, course completed by 77 scholars. Of those

    In situations                                38
    Occupied at home                             18
    Self-supporting on their own account          9
    Married                                       4
    Studying botany and chemistry                 2
    Occupation and residence unknown              6
                                                ---
                         Total                   77

    In the school                                37
                                                ---
                         Total                  114

There remain in the school 37 scholars + 13 = 50 + 9 special students.


                             NATIONALITIES

    German           218
    Dutch              8
    Norwegian          4
    Italian            1
    Bulgarian          1
    Russian           14
    Austrian           5
    American           1
    Swiss              1
    Roumanian          1
                     ---
        Total        254

For five years our horticultural school has given a course for
teachers, which is held in two divisions of fourteen days, one in
spring, the other in August. A quite special programme is sketched out
for it, and everything necessary for regulating a school garden is
taught to teachers in the shortest possible way. Teachers must carry
out all the tasks given, by themselves. Twenty-five teachers have
taken advantage of this course, four of these from Königsberg, in East
Prussia.


              THE FOLLOWING EXTRACTS FROM THE PROSPECTUS
              OF THE MARIENFELDE SCHOOL SHOW ITS PRESENT
                              DEVELOPMENT

                  (_Formerly Friedenau, near Berlin_)

                       OBJECT OF THE INSTITUTION

The intention of the School of Pomology and Horticulture is, by
theoretical instruction and practical work, to fit women and girls
of good education to take posts as professional gardeners, or to turn
their acquired knowledge into money by the cultivation of their own
ground. Above all, they learn that intelligent cultivation of the soil
brings better crops and produce, and with better sale a higher value
to the ground, and that all the necessary work can be carried on with
success by women. Those scholars who wish to qualify as gardeners must
go through a two years’ course. At the expiry of this an examination
is held, which confers a leaving certificate on the successful
candidates. Those who have not attended the course regularly or have
not accomplished the desired quantity of practical or theoretical work,
or who do not wish to undergo the examination, as well as those who,
after a one year’s course, leave the institution, receive, if they wish
it, a certificate of attendance at the school.


                        A.--COURSE FOR SCHOLARS

The course is for two years, and pupils are admitted at the beginning
of April and October of each year. The theoretical instruction embraces
these branches:--

1. _Pomology._--Planting, cultivation, care of fruit-trees and
berry bushes, improvement, pruning, knowledge of species, preservation
and sale of fruit, forcing under glass, pot fruit culture.

2. _Viticulture._--Planting and training of the vine.

3. _Cultivation of vegetables_ on waste land, sale and preserving,
hot-beds.

4. _Flower culture._--Special attention given to the rose
(propagation and improvement).

5. _Arboriculture._--Cultivation, increase and description of the
chief kinds of woods with information of their decorative value for
landscape gardening.

6. _Landscape gardening and design._--Sketches and plans of
gardens and pleasure-grounds.

7. _Land surveying and levelling._

8. _Lessons in soils and manures._

9. _Botany, anatomy, physiology._--Systems, morphology and
geography of plants, diseases of plants.

10. _Chemistry._--The most important constituents of organic and
inorganic chemistry, and the most important minerals for plants.

11. _Zoology._--Animals hurtful or beneficial to pomology and
horticulture.

12. _Geometry._

13. _Binding, tying._

14. _Bee-rearing._:

15. The most important and practical legal knowledge.

16. _Book-keeping_ and correspondence.

17. _Instruction_ in management.

The practical work is carried on under the guidance and supervision of
a head-gardener, which work must be done unconditionally according to
the arrangement of the head or his substitute: Work begins in summer at
seven o’clock, in winter at eight.

The plan of work, containing all details, is settled at the beginning
of every session. Holidays of three weeks at Christmas, and of fourteen
days in summer. The students must leave the institution during the
Christmas holidays, owing to the necessary yearly repairs. Permission
to remain is only given in urgent cases. Irregular attendance at the
institution is a cause of dismissal before the end of the course. The
course ends with the examination.

Bee-rearing is practically undertaken. Those ladies interested in
poultry-breeding get the opportunity to acquire the rudiments of this
knowledge.


                        CONDITIONS OF ADMISSION

Necessary conditions of admission are a healthy body fit for the work,
and education in the first class of a secondary girls’ school. To
this must be added a short account of one’s life. Minors must have
the written consent of their father, whose agreement to bear all the
expenses of attending the school must be given.


                                 DRESS

For practical work a special dress is prescribed: reform-dress of
coarse woollen stuff (linen in summer) and an apron. In the wet season
of the year wooden shoes must be worn. Students provide at their own
cost: garden knife, grafting and fertilising knife, stock shears, tree
saws and pocket scissors. Instruments and the suitable clothing can be
purchased after entry into the institution, as there is no variation
in the dress (stuff, colour, and cut). Those scholars received as
boarders must bring with them mattress and feather-bed (bedsteads with
spiral spring-mattresses are provided) as well as bed-linen, towels,
serviettes, spoons, knives and forks. Bedsteads and other large pieces
of furniture may not be brought or procured.

Scholars are not accepted under sixteen years.


                    B.--COURSE FOR SPECIAL STUDENTS

1. For those who, on account of ill-health, want to occupy themselves
for a time in the open air. These have only practical work, and do
not take part in the theoretical instruction. Admission from April to
October, or for a longer or shorter time.

2. Those who wish to take theoretical instruction along with the other.
Admission April and October.


                          C.--SPECIAL COURSE

1. Course for teachers of fourteen days’ duration in spring, and the
same in autumn.

2. Course for owners of gardens (February-March), lasting four weeks.
Care of fruit-trees and pruning.


                                 FEES

Scholars (Course A) whose parents do not reside in the near
neighbourhood of Marienfelde must live in the institution, so far as
there is room. If all places are filled, other boarding-houses will be
recommended. Board in the school (without laundry) amounts to £4 per
month, instruction 25s., and are both paid quarterly, the first term
beforehand.

The cost of board in other pensions is from £4 10s. to £5 per month,
according to size of room.

Monthly fee for Course A (first quarter in advance), £1 5s.;
monthly fee for Course B1 (one month payable in advance),
£1 15s.; monthly fee for Course B2 (a quarter payable in
advance), £1 15s.; monthly fee for Course C1 (each division
in advance), 10s.; monthly fee for Course C2 (payable in
advance), £2.

Scholars who wish to leave the institution before the end of the course
must give three months’ notice; this can only be done in January and
June.

Should a pupil leave for any cause whatever in the middle of a
quarter no reduction is made, and board and fees must be paid for the
_next_ term.

For the six winter months (October to April) 3s. per month for heating,
and each session 3s. for use of garden utensils, are levied from each
scholar.

It is expected and supposed that each scholar will conduct herself as a
lady, in and out of the institution. Unladylike behaviour, as well as
contravention of the rules of the house, necessary to the maintenance
of discipline, may be punished by dismissal from the school.

                       _Principal and Owner_: ELVIRA CASTNER.
                                                         DR. D. S.


               POMOLOGICAL AND HORTICULTURAL SCHOOL FOR
                        WOMEN, AT WOLFENBÜTTEL

                    _Conducted by_ MARTHA BREYMANN

                        OBJECTS AND INSTRUCTION

The object of the two-years’ course is to give the most comprehensive
instruction in horticulture, so as to afford ladies the opportunity
of fitting themselves for an independent career in husbandry; or by a
one year’s course to be able to occupy their time usefully and happily
in cultivating their own ground. Besides the correct working of the
ground, the aim is to teach the pupils to know for themselves the
most necessary work and its proper execution, and to turn them out
practical gardeners and capable, observant characters.

The forenoon, till the pause for breakfast, is kept exclusively for
practical work, which daily amounts to five or six hours. The field of
activity is the nine-acre garden of the “Breymann Educational Institute
for Young Girls,” with pleasure-grounds, greenhouses, forcing-beds,
vegetable-fields, nursery, etc. The opportunity to learn bee-culture is
also given.

The theoretical instruction serves to explain and so to support the
practical work. It comprises:

1. _Botany._--Plant life.

2. _Elementary chemistry_, for the better understanding of the
transformations of matter, instruction in manures, analysis of soils.

3. _Fruit and vegetable culture._

4. _Flower growing._

5. _Arboriculture._

6. _Forcing._

7. _Zoology_ (the foes of plants and their destruction).

8. _Garden design._

Theoretical instruction is given every afternoon from one to two
hours. Thursday afternoons are at the students’ disposal. Holidays are
in winter from the 15th of December till the 15th of January. During
this time the institution is closed. As an exception, if specially
desired, leave is granted for a fortnight at whichever date suits best,
viz., 1st to 15th April, July, or October; in those weeks theoretical
instruction is not given.

_Stipulations._--1, Good education; 2, excellent health; 3,
obedience to the regulations of the house. Order and punctuality are
expected. Notice must be given of absence from a meal, or after ten
o’clock at night. There are three principal meals, and early and
afternoon coffee. The food is simple, but carefully prepared.

The fees amount to 250 marks per quarter, to be paid quarterly in
advance. The institution can only be left after a quarter’s notice. For
heating and lighting the bedroom (if desired) an extra charge is made.
Exceptional use, such as a fire the whole day, or light after ten p.m.,
is naturally more. A heated general room for study is at every one’s
disposal. On leaving and at Christmas 3s. for attendance is added to
the account.

Each student must bring: Feather-bed (not bedstead or mattress),
bed-cover, sheets, towels, serviettes, and table-cover. An exception
is made for foreigners, to whom these articles are lent for a fee. Any
further information will be readily given. Letters of recommendation
can be shown.


               THE MARIENBURG SCHOOL FOR LADY GARDENERS

                         _Station_: LEUTESDORF

        _Pier_: ANDERNACH (with ferry connection to Leutesdorf)

         COURSE FOR EDUCATED WOMEN IN HORTICULTURE AND FORCING

Marienburg lies close to the Rhine, in Leutesdorf. The larger
agricultural property, with ornamental park, fruit and vegetable
garden, greenhouses, hot-beds belonging to Neuwied, a neighbouring
country residence, serve as the practical field of work for the school.
All the labour needed is done by the students. The school is in two
buildings, with single-and double-bedded rooms for the reception
of twenty ladies. Hot and cold water is laid on, with bath-rooms
and central heating. Comfortably furnished sitting-rooms give the
opportunity for social intercourse during off-time. This school gives
educated girls and women the chance to acquire the requisite practice
and knowledge to work a garden correctly and independently.

Practical and theoretical instruction are both given, but the
_greater value_ is placed on thoroughly comprehensive _practical
knowledge_.


                         I.--TWO YEARS’ COURSE

For those ladies who wish to fit themselves for a gardener’s calling,
and later take posts as gardeners on estates, in villa gardens,
sanatoria, house-keeping schools, educational institutions, etc. (2,000
have taken situations with salary, six without).


                       A.--PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION

Pomology: Hybridisation, care, forcing, sale. Vegetable culture:
Open-air and forcing, sale. Floriculture: Hardy and hot-house flowers,
balcony and room decoration, arranging, making wreaths. Commercial
gardening: Sale and despatch, with practical book-keeping. Landscape
gardening: Designing, laying out and care of gardens. Basket weaving,
joinery, glazing.


                      B.--THEORETICAL INSTRUCTION

Pomology: Breeding, pruning, forcing, knowledge of species. Vegetable
culture and forcing. Flower propagation and hot-houses, forcing.
Forestry: Description and crossing of the most important trees for
landscape gardening. Landscape gardening. Legal knowledge. Book-keeping
and correspondence. Botany: Morphology, anatomy, physiology, systems,
geography of plants, plant diseases. Zoology: Animals useful and
hurtful to horticulture. Chemistry: Soils and manures. Geometry and
surveying.

Theoretical instruction is given by a head-gardener, a highly-educated
scientific master, and by the principal herself. The head-gardener
instructs in the practical department with the help of a basket-maker
and joiner for those branches. Admission to the course is in the
beginning of April and October.

As a means of judging the proficiency of our scholars a small
exhibition of garden products, and sketches and designs of gardens, is
held yearly in the institution, about the end of September or beginning
of October. An inspection of the exhibition, and also of the garden, is
willingly permitted to anyone interested.

At the close of the second year the scholars receive a certificate
after examination.


                        CONDITIONS OF ADMISSION

Scholars must have passed through the first class in a secondary girls’
school, and have a healthy, robust constitution. Age not over thirty.
A medical certificate and a short autobiography must be added to the
report.

A special dress is required for practical work. This, as well as
garden shears and saws, is provided at the student’s cost; all other
implements belong to the school, and are used without payment. From 1st
to 15th every quarter there is no theoretical instruction. Extra leave,
if wanted, should be asked for then. Classes are stopped for four weeks
at Christmas, and scholars can only remain in the institution at this
time by special permission.


                                 FEES

For board and lodging, exclusive of heating and laundry, in
double-bedded room, £4 10s.; single-bedded room, £5 monthly. For
instruction £1 monthly is charged. Fees are to be paid quarterly in
advance (from £16 10s. to £18.) In the two winter quarters 15s. extra
for heating are charged. Arrears are not allowed. Anyone wishing to
leave before the end of the course must give three months’ notice,
or pay a quarter’s fees; such notice will only be received at the
beginning of each quarter.

The following articles are to be brought:--Table silver and cutlery,
fruit-knife, serviette-ring (all plainly marked), serviettes, towels,
pillows, sheets, and soiled linen-bag. Bedstead and mattress are
supplied.


                        II.--ONE YEAR’S COURSE

For those ladies who wish to work their own gardens, and for young
girls who, after the strain of school life, seek re-invigoration in
healthy, refreshing activity for body and mind. These receive the
same instruction as for the first year of the regular course, but no
certificate. In other respects the conditions of the full course hold
good. Ladies who already have elementary knowledge, and only wish to
take the second year’s course, must undergo a preliminary examination.


                        III.--SPECIAL STUDENTS

Can enter for a shorter time, to try if the calling of gardener suits
them, so that later they can take a course of one or two years. This
class, as well as those who want to improve their health by occupation
in the open air, only take part in practical instruction. They will
find near the Leutesdorf school a good boarding-house, where the charge
is 30s. monthly. Entry on the 1st or 15th of every month.

Scholars under eighteen years of age are in the special charge of the
principal, and without her permission may not leave the institution.
Practical instruction is divided into four hours in the morning and
two in the afternoon. Theoretical instruction is given from one to
two hours daily in the afternoon. Scholars are free on Saturday
afternoon and Sunday. From time to time excursions with the students
are undertaken to inspect the surrounding country, gardens and
pleasure-grounds, and nurseries.

Punctuality and order are required of every student. The rules of the
school and house must be rigidly observed.

            MARIE C. VORWERK, ELSBETH VON ZIBZEWIK (_Owners
                           and Principals_)


                          RULES FOR THE HOUSE

1. Scholars must appear punctually at meals; exceptions are to be
notified to the housekeeper. In case of illness only will meals be
served in the bedroom. Dress must be changed for dinner and supper.

2. Before first breakfast scholars must put away anything lying about
their rooms, make beds, and open the windows.

3. Paper, flowers, hair, or other insoluble articles may not be put in
the basin.

4. The scholars must clean clothes and shoes, except their working
boots.

5. Servants and assistants are not to be asked for any extra service;
tips and presents are forbidden; at Christmas and on leaving every
scholar puts something into a money-box for the servants.

6. Rooms and passages may not be entered with garden boots.

7. Boxes and soiled linen are to be kept on the ground floor.

8. After dinner till 2 o’clock and after 10 p.m. perfect quiet must
prevail. Lamps in the school-and business-rooms, as well as in the
corridor, are put out at 10 p.m.

9. Nails may not be knocked in the walls of the rooms without
permission; it is also forbidden to fasten articles on the walls with
ordinary or drawing-pins.

10. Any damage to the house or furniture must be pointed out at once to
the principals, and made good.

11. All complaints are to be made to the principals.


                          SCHOOL REGULATIONS

1. The scholars must attend theoretical and practical instruction
regularly; leave of absence only from the principals. Whoever misses
more than six weeks’ instruction in one session cannot be admitted to
the examination.

2. Practical work occupies six hours, theoretical from one to two hours
daily. Work begins in summer at 7 o’clock, in winter at 8 o’clock in
the morning. Saturday afternoon and Sunday are holidays.

3. Scholars whose week it is to be in management, or at work in the
hot-houses, must remain in the establishment, even in their free time,
and look after their departments.

4. Only half of the scholars at most can get leave in the first
fortnight of a quarter. Permission should therefore be sought in good
time. Those employed in the hot-houses or as overseers can obtain leave
in case of urgency only, and must put in a substitute during their
absence.

5. Permission for a week’s leave is to be obtained at latest eight days
in advance, for one or several days the day before. Only urgent cases
permit an exception.

To be provided:--1 reform winter dress with bloomers; 2 reform summer
dresses with 2 bloomers; 2 blue linen aprons; 1 cap, and 2 linen
hats; 1 pair strong boots and gaiters; some books, drawing materials,
grafting-saw, tree-shears, garden-knife, grafting and fertilising
knives, yard-stick, materials for basket-making.

Anyone maliciously violating the regulations of the house or school is
dismissed.


            SCHOOL OF HORTICULTURE FOR LADIES, AT HOLTENAU,
                     NEAR KIEL, SCHLESWIG-HOLSTEIN

“I willingly comply with the request to contribute a short report of
my work in connection with the above institution, which I founded in
1901.

“It is beautifully situated on an elevation gently sloping south
towards Kiel Harbour, near the Kaiser Wilhelm Canal. It contains two
hot-houses, eighty forcing frames, about 500 fruit trees of all sorts
and kinds, a grand assortment of shrubs, ornamental trees and conifers.
Two alleys of high-grown pear trees (interlaced) in the shape of a
large cross form the centre of the garden.

“I opened the school with five pupils; at present there are seventeen.
The course of training is two years for those who wish to take up
gardening as a profession, and one year for amateurs.

“The study is twofold: Practical and theoretical. Our practical course
comprises:--Fruit growing: How to grow best dessert fruit on large
and small farm trees. Harvesting the fruit. Storing and packing it.
There are about forty different kinds of apples, thirty-five pear and
fifteen plum trees. Preserving various fruits in various ways. Then
there is the annual grafting of wild trees, the culture of farm trees,
of high standard and half-high standards. We also grow apples, pears,
and peaches in pots and tubs. Vegetable growing includes forcing in
the hot-house and frames, as well as cultivation of all suitable kinds
in the open field. I teach preserving and wintering of vegetables.
In flower growing we specially take those pot plants that sell well,
as: Chrysanthemum indicum, Primula obconica and chinensis, cyclamen,
begonias, amaryllis, hyacinths, tulips, cineraria, etc. But of course
we also cultivate exotics.

  [Illustration: SCHOOL FOR LADY GARDENERS, HOLTENAU, NEAR KIEL
  SCHLESWIG-HOLSTEIN.]

“In the open we cultivate the favourite spring and summer flowers,
annual and perennial roses, etc. Thus we obtain abundant material for
cut flowers, which serve for teaching the pupils to make up bouquets,
table decorations, etc. We use the garden stuff first of all for our
own household, but the remainder--by far the larger part--is sold
in Kiel, thus teaching the pupils the actual market value of their
materials.

“At the Schleswig-Holstein Horticultural Exhibition in 1906 our school
gained four first and three second prizes; several diplomas; and the
silver State medal for fruit-packing.

“For landscape gardening we have small plantations, where every year
we train new trees by means of slips, suckers, shoots, and heaping up.
We have had orders to plan and lay out several gardens in Kiel and
Holtenau.

“Now and then visits are arranged to the various nurseries, market
gardens, private gardens of importance, or the Botanical Gardens at
Kiel, so as to give the pupils opportunity of seeing other plants and
other ways of arranging and growing.

“Our scientific course comprises:--Botany, chemistry, mineralogy
(taught by a University man), drawing (by the municipal head-gardener).
Drawing includes: Geometrical problems, drawing plans of small and
large gardens, then designs of pupils’ own making; correct calculation
of expenses, and working plans in detail.

“Land surveying and levelling are first taught theoretically, then
practically. Much importance is attached to a thoroughly accurate
drawing of plans, as it is excellent practice for the eye for all
things pertaining to gardening. In regard to plan drawing we have
had many successes. At the before-mentioned Schleswig-Holstein
Horticultural Show in Kiel, September, 1906, five pupils exhibited
their own designs in garden plans, with schemes for working them,
and bill of costs attached, which gained distinctions; two pupils
received the _Ehrenpreis_, given by H.H. Duchess Caroline Mathilde of
Schleswig-Holstein-Glücksburg. At the exhibition in Bremen in 1907 two
pupils earned honourable mention by the Horticultural Society.

“Then we have lessons on soil, manure, zoology, arboriculture, and how
to lay out plantations. Our practical subjects are thoroughly entered
into, and treated also from their scientific basis.

“As a test of the work done by the pupils there is an annual exhibition
of garden produce of all kinds, and of the pupils’ drawings, in the
hall of the Institution. Friends and experts are invited. We have had
cheering visits of inspection from the Kieler Horticultural Club and
the Frauenverein.

“After the two years’ learning is completed the pupils receive a
testimonial as to their qualifications and achievements. But no
examination is held, as I hold that not being held by qualified
Government examiners they are practically useless. My aim is to give my
pupils a thoroughly sound practical education.

“There is a great demand for well trained lady gardeners, and one who
is skillful commands a good social position. I have so many offers for
trained pupils that the demand far overreaches the supply. Salaries
commence with about £30, including food, and treatment as a member
of the family. Many of my pupils are filling situations on estates,
schools for economy, sanatoria, private gardens, etc. Two former pupils
are now teachers of horticulture at the Household School for Women at
Reifenstein, near Leinefelde (Prov. Saxony), and at Maidburg, near
Kempen (Prov. Posen). One pupil has been gardener-in-chief at the large
training home for girls near Berlin; then she went to America, where
she is manager of a large private garden in New York. Another pupil
occupied the post as paid assistant at an extensive vegetable growing
plantation near Kiel, and was able to work as fast and satisfactorily
as the male assistants. Other pupils again, including some Danes and
Norwegians, cultivate their own gardens or take situations in their
own country. Still another pupil founded, about two years ago, a
Horticultural School at Wolfenbüttel (Brunswick), following the same
principles as taught at my school.

“There is no difficulty in finding really good situations for skilful
workers, and gardening has proved a blessing to many of our sex.
                                                       “MARTA BACK.
   “HOLTENAU, _September, 1907_.”

The above account gives such a graphic description that I need only add
the terms. A thorough education and good health are required of those
applying for vacancies. The terms are:--50 marks per quarter. Pension
for students the first year, 75 marks per month; pension for students
the second year, 70 marks per month. This must be paid three months in
advance.


        AUGUSTE-FÖRSTER INSTITUTION, OBERZWEHREN (KREIS CASSEL)

The Kassel Society for the Education of Women has provided in the
Auguste-Förster Institute a country school where young girls and women
may obtain a thorough training in three different departments: viz.,
horticulture, domestic economy, and poultry and pig-rearing, etc. The
instruction, combining theoretical information and practical work, is
given by accomplished female teachers. Six to eight scholars can be
taken for each department.

The duration and direction of the course are regulated by the result
aimed at. The time of study in each department lasts a year; scholars,
who intend to make use of their training in their own home, can take a
half-year’s course.

Students are not permitted to take the different courses concurrently.
Those who successfully pass an examination, held at the end of the
year’s course, receive a certificate of proficiency. These certificates
are of special importance to those who wish to earn their living in
the gardener’s calling, or as housekeepers. The year’s course and
certificate are also valuable to those who become teachers of domestic
economy in rural house-keeping schools, as the regulation examination
for domestic economy does not include such special country subjects
as horticulture, poultry-rearing, etc. For those who have already
attended similar institutions, and wish further instruction without
intending to make money by it, a shorter course of study, under special
conditions, is arranged.

The instruction comprises:--Theoretical instruction in the different
branches and conditions of plant-culture. Practical work: Fruit and
vegetable culture, raising plants in the open air and under glass,
care of plants in hot-houses and in rooms, care of ornamental grounds,
decoration of dwelling-rooms and verandahs with plants and cut-flowers.
To those students who intend to become professional gardeners a longer
attendance at our establishment is recommended, or a continuance of
training in a nursery or private garden; a thorough initiation into the
high calling of gardener is not possible in a shorter time. Any who
have taken the year’s course, and desire more advanced training, can
attend the State horticultural institutions as out-students.

The Kassel Chamber of Agriculture has granted the Förster Institution
the use of the means of instruction provided in the Oberzwehren
Pomological Institute, a remarkably well-conducted establishment.

The Auguste-Förster Institution at the same time aims to attract
educated women to settle in the country, by affording them practical
guidance in social work. For this object, instruction in handicrafts,
knitting, sewing, mending, cutting-out, cooking, washing, and ironing
is given (chiefly in winter) to the women, young girls, and children
of the surrounding villages. Ladies with good preparatory knowledge
are admitted as voluntary helpers, if they intend to devote themselves
in earnest to social work in the country, and if there is room in the
institution.


                                HOLLAND

The following notes were sent me by a lady in Holland, and have been
kindly put into English by a friend. They describe briefly the school
recently opened near The Hague (Station of Rijswyk). The name of the
school is “Huis te Lande,” and it is built in the style of an English
country house. It is managed by Mesdames J. KUYST and C.
POMPE.

On a medallion over the entrance the following motto is inscribed.
“Think great thoughts, do great deeds.” The students are all girls of
good position and well educated. They must speak at least three modern
languages, and have a good knowledge of botany and geography. Otherwise
they could not profit by the course; it is therefore preferable if they
have been at a high school. They must have taste for gardening.

A medical certificate is required, showing that they are physically fit
for the work. The directors of this school do their best to correct the
idea, which many doctors have, that gardening is suitable to invalids.
The institution is not intended as a Sanatorium, and only healthy,
active girls are wanted, and those who evince a strong inclination for
out-of-door life.

The school is especially intended for the daughters of those who
inhabit cottages or villas having small gardens attached. As a rule
these gardens leave much to be desired in the way of cultivation. They
are too small for a gardener, and are worked by a labourer, who knows
but little about the cultivation of flowers. It is hoped that the
school training will enable these young ladies to manage and cultivate
their home gardens. It is considered, in Holland, that the time for
ladies to earn a living by gardening has not yet arrived.

Both practical and theoretical work is taught, but the former is
considered the most advantageous. If the students know how to do the
work themselves, they can show their workmen. At the same time theory
will help them to understand the why and wherefore of operations. On
three mornings a week, from 9 to 12, theory is taught. The rest of the
time is for practical work. A lecture hall is attached to the school;
there is also a special laboratory, which students are only allowed to
use under the supervision of those who understand chemistry.

A coffee room is provided for students who live too far away to return
home for dinner. There is also a dressing-room, and from here a door
opens into the one acre of flower garden and arboretum, which is
surrounded by frames and glass-houses.

In the middle of the grounds is a spacious workshop, which can be
warmed.

Some of the glass-houses are for flowers, and others for fruit. They
contain many pots with small fruit trees, in full fruit, and peach
trees. The whole is under good and practical management. Only six
students are at present admitted at a time. Terms are 300 guelders a
year.


         GOVERNMENT WINTER SCHOOL FOR GARDENING (HORTICULTURE)

                  AALSMEER, BOSKOOP, NAALDWIJK, TIEL

Practical experiments are also carried out during the summer at
Aalsmeer.

_Age of Admission._--16.

_Requirements._--Knowledge of the Dutch language, of arithmetic,
geography, rudiments of German and English. Some idea of gardening (to
be given verbally).

_Fees._--Fl. 10, for two winter terms. Pupils without means can
receive free admission from the Minister of the Interior. The fee for
the summer term at Aalsmeer is fl. 25.

_Implements or tools._--Cost fl. 9 or fl. 10.

_The theoretical instruction comprises_ physics, chemistry,
botany and zoology, all branches of horticulture, the Dutch language,
arithmetic, book-keeping, and, if desired, English and German
commercial correspondence.

Drawing for the laying out of gardens.

_Practical instruction comprises_:--Different kinds of work in the
proof gardens, with Government subsidy; experiments in cultivation,
manuring and grafting.

During the second year this work is also carried out in the gardens of
other horticulturists and gardeners.

_Diploma_ can be obtained after two years.

_Course of instruction for pruning._--There is a course of
instruction for pruning at Tiel, for a fee of fl. 2.50.

Temporary local winter terms are given by Government teachers in
gardening with the aim of preparing the lady teachers of the temporary
winter terms.

The course extends over three years, during which time a hundred
lessons per year are given.

The diploma obtainable is the Degree of Primary Instruction for
Horticulture, and the course is open only to those who hold the degree
as teacher of Primary Instruction. There is no fee.

Temporary winter terms are arranged by gardening societies, with
Government subsidies. There is no fee, and at the conclusion of the
term of instruction a certificate is granted.


        COURSE OF HORTICULTURAL STUDY AT THE ACADEMY AT LEIDEN

_Requirements._--Instruction received at the High School, or
diploma for Secondary Primary Instruction, knowledge of foreign
languages.

_Fees._--For the theory lessons, one hour a week, fl. 30 for three
months; for the theory lessons, two hours a week, fl. 50 for three
months; for the theory lessons, three hours a week, fl. 60 for three
months. The course extends over one and a half to two years.

There is also a similar course of study at the Gröningen Academy.

       *       *       *       *       *

Other Schools of Gardening in Holland are:--

The Sempercrescens at Naarden, Bussum. (Fees, fl. 300, implements and
tools, fl. 10.)

Flora Horticultural School at Watergraafsmeer (Middenweg, 89). Age of
admission, 14. Fees, fl. 250; implements and tools, fl. 20; knowledge
of the Dutch language, writing, arithmetic, geography, are necessary.

A course of study is given by Mr. van der Wissel, Huize Soltane, Epe.


                                 ITALY

        WOMEN’S INSTITUTE OF AGRICULTURE AND DOMESTIC ECONOMY,

                        CASCINE, FLORENCE, 1907

This institute was founded on the initiative of several ladies,
with the object of instructing girls in the different branches of
agriculture and domestic economy, by giving them theoretical and
practical ideas, which will enable them to employ their valuable energy
in the domain of agriculture and good house-keeping.

The school opens its classes in November. The training lasts six months.

The classrooms are in the left wing of the grand ducal palace, on the
Piazzole del Re, in the public park of the Cascine, very near the
station of the electric tramway, which places the school within twenty
minutes from the centre of the town.

The close vicinity of the horticultural establishment of the Royal
School of Pomology and Horticulture, possessing gardens, hot-houses,
orchards, vineyards, and kitchen gardens covering more than 50 acres
of ground, together with the splendid position of the institute in
the middle of the Cascine Park, combine to offer the best possible
conditions for the practical teaching of agriculture, horticulture,
dairy work, bee-keeping, etc.

The curriculum includes agriculture, house-keeping, hygiene, chemistry,
book-keeping, cooking.

The programme of each class is as follows:--

_Agriculture._--Elements of morphology or vegetable physiology.
Climatic conditions. Elements of agronomy. Cultivation of herbaceous
plants. Fruit culture: starting an orchard, and cultivation of pear,
apple, peach, cherry, plum and apricot trees; storing and drying fruit;
jam and preserve making. Vine and olive tree culture. Horticulture:
laying out a small kitchen garden, and the cultivation of the principal
kinds and varieties of vegetables. Gardening: flowers and ornamental
foliage plants, trees and shrubs; plants for the house, flower cutting
and arranging.

_House-keeping._--I merely mention here those points which are
connected with horticulture, such as:--

_The cellar._--Storage of wine and oil.

_Fruit store-room._--Heating and lighting apparatus; how to use
and clean them.

_Hygiene._--Open air and close air, meteorological factors.

_Water._--Its qualities.

_Soil._--Its fertilisation and sanitation.

_Chemistry._--Bodies, simple and composed. The soil in its
relation to plant life--artificial manuring; air, light, heat, water,
drink, food, seasonings. Practical experiments.

_Book-keeping._--Domestic and patrimonial administrations;
compilation of inventories; current accounts; buying and selling; State
funds; plain book-keeping and other methods; book-keeping for business
on a small scale; auxiliary books; special accounts and their books;
registry and balance account; exercises in domestic and agricultural
book-keeping.

_Cooking._--The lessons will be as much as possible demonstrative,
and accompanied by manual practice of the more important operations
of agriculture (grafting, pruning, sowing, etc.), of agricultural
industries, and also of house-keeping and cooking. Holiday re-unions
will be held under the supervision of the patronesses of the institute,
and instructive excursions will be made.

_Admission._--For the theoretical and practical classes the girls
must be at least sixteen years old.

A formal request on official stamped paper must be presented, together
with the legalised birth certificate and documents proving that
students have obtained--either at private or public schools--the
necessary education in all ordinary knowledge. There must also be a
certificate of good health and of vaccination.

The admission fee is 10 lire (8s.), besides the payment of 40 lire
(32s.), to attend the lessons. At the end of six months, after a
theoretical and practical examination, a certificate of steady
attendance and progress will be given.

_Non-residents_ can inquire about good and inexpensive lodgings in
Florence from the secretary of the committee of patronesses.

There will also be a few places for non-students who wish to attend
some of the lectures. They must address their request to the director
of the institute and pay 30 lire (20s.) for each course of lectures
they wish to attend.

Arrangements will be made for non-students attending several classes.

  [Illustration: STUDENTS AT HASTUM SCHOOL, NORWAY.]


                                NORWAY

The Norwegian agricultural high school has a special class for
horticulture, and here ladies are given the highest education. After
two years’ study they obtain the title of “Cand-horticulture,” which
means a certificated gardener.

Before being admitted, it is necessary to have done practical work in
a garden for two years, and to have passed an examination in a smaller
school of horticulture. The three following are the lower schools:--

BERLY school for lady gardeners was established in 1901. It
is supported by Government, and has a grant of about 4,000 kroner a
year. The principal is Mr. M. NILSEN, and there is a teacher
besides. Only ten students are admitted each year, and up to now
seventy young ladies have been educated here.

VAARTUM school for lady gardeners, at Stenlyaer, is also
supported by Government, with a grant of 4,000 kroner a year. The
principal is Mr. SOLSTAEL, and there is one teacher besides.
Ten students are admitted yearly. Ladies are trained here for work in
their own gardens, as well as for other employment.

HASTUM school for lady gardeners, at Kristiania, was established in
1906. This school is inspected by Government, but does not receive a
grant. The principals are the Misses FRÖLICH. Sixteen students are
admitted yearly.

These schools all have practical and theoretical courses which last
seven months. Hastum school also admits students for six-week courses.
Instruction is given in the cultivation of fruit, vegetables, and
flowers. Fruit-preserving is also taught. Training plants, forcing,
frame and hot-bed culture, chemistry, botany, agriculture, and the
diseases of plants are taught by lecture. At the same time students
have to practise out-of-doors what they have learnt theoretically.

From the Norwegian horticultural high school only one lady has up to
now passed out, but about 140 ladies in all have been through the lower
schools. Several of these have bought land to work on themselves,
others have taken posts in private gardens or in market gardens. They
usually receive a salary of 25–30 kr. a month, besides a house and
food. Others work in their own home gardens. Vegetables and fruit grow
well, the flavour of them being far better than those grown further
south.

I am told upon good authority that Norwegian women realise more and
more that a great work lies before them out-of-doors, and they begin to
prefer contact with Nature to sedentary work in offices.


                                SWEDEN

Through the kindness of a friend I am able to give a translation of the
prospectus of the

                     GARDENING SCHOOL AT AGDATORP,

a practical school for lady gardeners.

The summer term begins on April 1st. The school, which is helped by
the State and “Blekinge hushållningssållśkap,” takes students of all
classes of society.

  [Illustration: STUDENTS AT WORK AT THE AGDATORP SCHOOL OF
  GARDENING, SWEDEN.]

The chief object of the school is to spread a knowledge of gardening,
and interest in it, amongst the daughters of the country population.

There are two different divisions. A student of Division I. has to pay
100 kr. (£5 10s.) at the commencement of the term, and 40 kr. (£2 5s.)
at the beginning of each month for board and lodging.

Students of Division II. pay 50 kr. at the beginning of the term, and
2.20 kr. on the 1st of each month for board and lodging.

The hours of instruction in Division I. are fewer, though the fees are
higher. The instruction for both is similar. Practical and theoretical
instruction is given in the following subjects:--Culture of fruit,
vegetables, flowers, hot-house and frame work, raising seeds, treatment
of soil and manure, botany.

Special importance is attached to the use of garden produce in the
house, preserving, and making fruit wines.

A course of lessons in plain cookery (free of charge) is arranged for
those students who wish to take it. From July 1st to Oct. 1st.

The conditions for entering the school are:--Pupils to be at
least seventeen years of age, and physically strong. Application
for admission should be accompanied by a doctor’s certificate. A
certificate from the upper class is also needed from those who come
from elementary schools.

Students must have their own bedding, linen, napkins, candles, and
soap, and must also provide gardening knives and scissors. The latter
can best be procured after they enter the school.

Students are taken for part of the course, after the term has begun,
for 60 kr. per month. Should a student for some reason be forced to
leave, before her time is up, no money is returned.

In 1907 the State gave one place free to daughters of farmers.
“Blekinge hushållningssållśkap” gave three places to daughters of
farmers from Blekinge.

The school is situated at Agdatorp farm, in Nettraby, about 12 km. from
Karlskrona. The term commences on April 1st and lasts until October
31st. Applications must be sent in before March 15th to Fr. J.
SCHMIDT.

Since the college was founded 79 students have passed out. Of this
number only eight have taken posts. The usual salary is from 15 kr.
per month, board and lodging being provided. Some of the students have
completed their training at other colleges, others pursue the interest
of gardening in their own homes. It is clear that the salary mentioned
is that of an under gardener, for the salary of a head gardener in
Sweden varies from 300 kr. to 800 kr., with board and lodging; it is
also usual to give a percentage upon the sales in the garden. Most of
the women who study for gardening in Sweden do so in order to direct
their own gardens. Many go through a course of training in a market
garden, and some have been educated in colleges in other countries.


                   ESPENÄS SCHOOL FOR LADY GARDENERS

   _Postal Address_: Lännäs. _Railway Stations_: Kilsmo,
   Sköllersta, and Wingaker. _Steamboat Pier_: Hampetorp.
   _Steamer_: “Gustav Lagerbjelde.”

Espenäs is beautifully situated close to the Lake “Store Hjälmaren.”

The school was founded in 1899. The term commences on April 15th and
ends on October 15th. The teaching is both practical and theoretical.

The subjects taught are: General gardening, kitchen gardening, flowers
for beds and borders; the care of hot-houses and frames, glazing,
painting, making mats, preparation of frames, sowing, watering, etc.
The cultivation of delicate vegetables and fruits such as asparagus,
tomatoes, artichokes, cucumbers, melons and strawberries; climbing
plants, grapes, and roses; fruit trees and berries; preparation of soil
and manure; tying up plants; book-keeping as applied to gardening; the
Weck method of preserving vegetables, fruit and berries; making fruit
syrups, jellies, marmalade, fruit wines and pickles; drying fruit,
berries, and vegetables. Optional--looking after poultry.

The conditions for entering the school are, that it is necessary to
have passed through an elementary school, or to have had similar
education. A testimonial from a clergyman or a doctor is required, as
well as a photograph of the proposed student.

Payment in advance upon April 15th, 125 kr. (£7) for the whole term.
For board and lodgings, all found, 65 kr. per month, to be paid on
April 15th and July 15th. Soap, candles, linen, and bedding are
provided by the students. A piano is in the house. There are good roads
for cycling, and excellent bathing. Apply to STINA SWARTLING,
_née_ VON HOFSTEN.

The number of students who have passed out since the school was founded
is over 100. Most of the students, upon the termination of their
training, return to their homes, others take posts as gardeners, and
their salaries amount usually to from 20 kr. to 40 kr. per month, board
and lodging being provided for them.


                              SWITZERLAND

The following account of the only school for lady gardeners in the
German-speaking part of Switzerland, has been very kindly sent to me
by Madame Chaponniere, President de l’Alliance Nationale de Sociétés
Féminines Suisses. I give the report in her words:--


         ÉCOLE PROFESSIONNELLE D’HORTICULTURE POUR LES FEMMES

                À NIEDER-LENZ, CANTON D’ARGOVIE, SUISSE

La seule école professionnelle d’horticulture pour les femmes, existant
actuellement en Suisse, est celle de Nieder-Lenz fondée en 1906, par la
“Société d’Utilité Publique des Femmes Suisses,” à Nieder-Lenz, dans un
joli domaine, situé sur la ligne de chemin-de-fer du Seethal dans le
Canton d’Argovie.

Le programme de l’école comprend différentes catégories de cours:--

1. Des cours de deux années destinés aux femmes désirant faire de
l’horticulture leur profession.

2. Des cours d’une année destinés aux maîtresses d’écoles ménagères ou
primaires.

  [Illustration: STUDENTS AT WORK AT THE ESPENÄS SCHOOL FOR LADY
  GARDENERS SWEDEN.]

3. Des cours d’une année, pour les personnes qui, par raison de santé
ou autre, désirent connaître la culture des fruits, et du jardin.

4. Des cours spéciaux, d’une durée de six mois, sur les différentes
branches du jardinage ou de la culture des arbres fruitiers. Le cours
de deux années est formé de deux parties; une partie pratique et une
partie théorique.

La partie pratique comprend:--

(_a_) La culture des légumes ainsi que leur emploi, leur
conservation, et éventuellement la manière de les cuire et de les
apprêter.

(_b_) Culture des fleurs en plein air et en serre, fleurs
d’appartement, décoration, préparation de bouquets.

(_c_) Etablissement de jardins potagers.

(_d_) Culture des arbres fruitiers, taille, greffe, récolte des
fruits, emballage, conserves, etc.

(_e_) Culture des baies (fraises, framboises, groseilles,
myrtilles).

(_f_) Elevage de la volaille, des lapins, des abeilles.

La partie théorique comprend des leçons de botanique, de pomologie,
de zoologie, de chimie agricole, de géométrie, de dessin, la tenue de
livres et quelques notions de droit usuel.

L’école d’horticulture s’est ouverte le 1er avril 1906, avec huit
élèves pour le cours complet de deux années et sept élèves pour le
cours de six mois. Dans le courant de l’année huit autres élèves sont
entrées pour un nouveau cours de deux ans. La majorité des élèves
viennent de la Suisse, mais l’Autriche, Hongrie et la Russie en ont
fourni aussi quelques-unes. Les conditions d’admission sont:--Avoir
fréquenté une école secondaire ou une école analogue, être munie d’un
certificat médical de bonne santé et d’un acte d’origine, être âgée de
dix-sept ans accomplis.

Pour les cours d’une ou de deux années, le prix annuel de la pension
et de l’enseignement est de francs 600 (£24) payables par trimestre à
l’avance.

Pour les cours d’une année, sans but professionnel, francs 60 par mois,
ainsi que pour les cours spéciaux de six mois. Les étrangers paient en
outre francs 300 par an pour l’enseignement.

A ces différents cours, il faut ajouter encore des cours de culture
de quelques semaines, données au printemps, en été, en automne, et
destinées aux jeunes campagnardes des environs.

L’école est sous la surveillance d’une Commission de cinq membres, dont
la présidente est Madame Coradi-Stahl (Wiedingstrasse, 56, Zurich),
inspectrice fédérale des écoles ménagères, la secrétaire Madame Prof.
Stocker-Caviezel (Küsnacht bei Zürich). La directrice de l’école est
Madame Prof. Joss-Roser.

Les dons reçus en vue de l’installation ont atteint la somme de francs
18,959.36 et les dépenses pour l’installation se sont élevées à francs
14,298.76. Les recettes régulières pour cette première année se montent
à francs 9,897.80, tandis que les dépenses, loger de la propriété,
etc., font un total de francs 12,883.28, laissant ainsi un découvert
de francs 2,985.48. Il y a lieu d’espérer qu’avec l’extension prévue
de l’école et des sources de revenus nouvelles, ce déficit ne se
renouvellera pas.




                              CHAPTER XVI

                    SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES IN AMERICA


                           THE UNITED STATES

The conditions under which women work in America are very unlike
those that exist in England. Schools and colleges are founded upon a
different basis; therefore work done in America cannot be strictly
compared to that done in England.

Each of the forty-five states in the United States has a college of
agriculture. These institutions are supported by public funds. They are
open to men and women alike, and both work together. That is to say,
these institutions are co-educational. These colleges cover the general
field of agriculture, and, in some, horticultural work is especially
well developed. Women in these institutions may take a variety of
subjects, or they may specialise in horticulture, dairying, home
economics, Nature-study.

A number of Government research posts in natural history are held by
women. They are also admitted to the instructional bodies of several
American Co-educational Colleges. A considerable number of the Doctors’
theses in botany from the University of Chicago are by women, and can
be seen in the _Botanical Gazette_. A notable thesis of late
years is that by Mrs. Clements, of the University of Nebraska.

Popular attention is turned increasingly to outdoor life and to living
on the land, and the demand for horticultural schools will continue and
ensure their establishment.

An expert tells me there is a wide field for women in horticulture
in America. Positions as teachers, lecturers, gardeners in private
gardens, consulting gardeners in suburban districts, market gardeners,
fruit and nut growers, poultry and bee keepers are open. The only
difficulty is that the right people are not at hand to fill them. The
oversight of school gardens and of vacant lot cultivation in the great
cities are openings appealing especially to women. Already there are
some successful landscape gardeners. Miss Beatrice Jones, of New York
City, and Miss Elizabeth Lee, of Philadelphia, are well known in this
branch.


           NEW YORK STATE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE AT CORNELL
                     UNIVERSITY, ITHACA, NEW YORK


                             HORTICULTURE

The equipment is divided into two parts--that which is associated with
the classroom and laboratories in the second and basement floors of the
main agricultural building, and that connected with the forcing-houses
and grounds surrounding them.

1. _Class rooms and laboratories._--The teaching activities are
centred mainly in the headquarters of the department, located on the
second floor of the main building in the agricultural compound. On
this floor are a commodious lecture room with a seating capacity for
100 students, a recitation-room for 35 students, a laboratory for
instruction in practical and systematic pomology. The laboratory
will accommodate 40 students, and is being fitted with suitable
apparatus and appliances for the efficient teaching of the practical
and laboratory phases of horticultural work. On the same floor is
the laboratory for advanced students. This room has space for 20
students, and those who are working in the graduate department or
engaged in research courses are provided with suitable appliances for
their special needs. The remainder of this floor is devoted to museum
purposes, herbarium, seminary-room, and offices for the instructing
staff.

In the basement is a laboratory with adjacent store-room for use in
connection with applied work in nursery and orchard practice. The
capacity of this laboratory is 50 students, so that a beginning class
of 100 may be accommodated in two sections. Students in elementary
pomology and greenhouse management pursue work in this laboratory.

_Forcing-houses, barn, and fruticetum._--The glass structures
for the study of forcing crops such as flowers, vegetables, and
fruits cover an area of about 6,000 square feet, and are used in
connection with nearly all classes, though more especially associated
with floriculture and olericulture. One house is assigned to advanced
students for the working out of problems on which they are engaged.
Another house is given over to the study of the variation of plants and
the technique of plant-breeding.

The barn is headquarters for horticultural implements used in tilling,
pruning, and spraying trees and plants. The collection of spray
machinery, including gas engines, traction machines, and the like, is
full and complete. Thorough instruction is given in the control of
orchard enemies.

Aside from the ordinary equipment, the garden herbarium with more than
12,000 sheets is an important aid in the study of systematic pomology
and plant variation. There is also an exceptionally fine collection
of nearly 10,000 negatives illustrating all phases of fruit, flower,
and vegetable growing. This collection is being added to continually,
and furnishes a source for lantern slides to illustrate up-to-date
methods in the management of fruit plantations, the construction of
forcing-houses, and the growing of crops in field and under glass.

_Elementary pomology._--A study of the methods of propagation and
early care of bush and tree fruits; the principles and practice of
budding and grafting, with special attention to the particular method
of propagating each kind of fruit. Must be preceded by Botany 1 and 2.
Lectures and recitations with laboratory. The class will participate in
a required excursion to Geneva and vicinity.

Another class is held on this subject particularly adapted to the needs
of the special student, and not open to those who are required to take
Botany 1 and 2. The class will participate in a required excursion to
Geneva and vicinity.

_Practical pomology._--The study and practice of the planting,
fertilising, and care of orchards; picking, grading, packing and
marketing of fruits. Pre-requisites, Botany and Horticulture, and
taking Agricultural Botany. This class will participate in a required
excursion to the fruit-growing sections of Geneva and Rochester.

_Spraying of fruit trees._--A study of the preparation and
application of the different spray mixtures used in orchard and garden
practice. Lectures and recitations with laboratory.

_Greenhouse construction and management._--A study of the
principles of greenhouse construction. Laboratory work will consist of
the drawing and erection of sections illustrating the leading types of
greenhouses. Throughout the year.

_Olericulture._--- A study of the principles of vegetable
gardening with special reference to trucking, accompanied by field
practice in the actual growing of the plants.

_Garden and greenhouse practice._--Practical work in the
forcing-houses and gardens, with familiar talks. One or two hours by
appointment. Throughout the year. Limited to 12 students first term, 18
second term.

_Sub-tropical pomology._--A study of citrus, and other sub-tropical
fruits, with special reference to American conditions.

_Systematic pomology._--Advanced course in classification and
systematic study of fruits. Two hours.

_Literature of horticulture and landscape gardening._--An
examination of the writings of European and American authors, with
special reference to the evolution of horticultural methods. Open to
juniors and seniors, and required of graduates.

_Plant-breeding_, with special reference to the improvement of
orchard fruits. Juniors and seniors; required of graduates.

_German horticultural reading._--A study of periodical literature
relating to horticulture. Each student is required to subscribe for one
periodical and make translations from assigned paragraphs.

_French_ of the same character and conducted in the same way.

_Investigation_ incident to previous courses. For graduates and
advanced students.

_Seminary work for advanced students._--Required of graduates.
One hour. F., 2–4.30, every two weeks beginning the first week of
each term. On the alternate week students are required to attend the
Seminary in Plant Industry.


                  RURAL ENGINEERING AND ARCHITECTURE

_Field engineering._--Lectures, recitations and practice in surveying
and plotting the farm; designing farm buildings, roads, fences, and
water supply; drainage and irrigation. Second half-year. Lectures and
practice.

_Farm machinery._--A study of the elements of mechanics and of machine
design entering into the construction of all machinery, followed by
a special study of:--(a) _Motors_, including steam boilers, gas and
steam engines, windmills, hydraulic rams, water wheels, and a brief
discussion of the laws and applications of electricity; (b) _Farm
Machinery_ for tillage, seeding, harvesting, threshing, cleaning, etc.,
with a discussion of the cost, life, draft, and special mechanical
features of some of the machines now on the market.

Opportunities will be afforded for special work in the second half-year.


                      RURAL ECONOMY AND SOCIOLOGY

_Rural economy._--A study of the economic problems of agriculture.

_Rural social conditions._--The social history, status and
progress of the rural community.

_History of agriculture._--An outline of the development of
agriculture in its more important phases.


                               RURAL ART

This is a two-year course comprising the junior and senior years of the
regular course in the College of Agriculture; and for those who have
attained a certain degree of proficiency graduate work is offered.

Previous to registering in this work the student must have completed
the requirements of the freshman and sophomore years, and the
following:--Elementary surveying, Lettering and making of titles,
Botany, Organography of ornamental plants, Elementary architecture.

Previous to graduation the student must have completed the following
subjects in addition to the regular work:--Dendrology, Economic
entomology, Greenhouse construction and management, Field engineering,
Municipal engineering, French or German horticultural reading.

_Theory and æsthetics of rural art and landscape design._--Deals
with the principles of landscape design, their application to specific
problems, together with discussions on the theory in all its points of
application.

_Landscape design._--First course. Work on practical problems in
design, paced and measured surveys, sketch plans, finished plans and
detailed working drawings with specifications. Short sketch problems
for study will be given from time to time. The aim is to familiarise
the student with the various types of plans as applied to different
problems. Practical problems in the vicinity will be studied, and
reports, both preliminary and final, will be required.

_Freehand sketching._--Sketching and rendering in various media of
indoor and outdoor subjects, plans, etc., particularly pertaining to
landscape design.

_History of landscape design._--A study of the chronological
development of the art of landscape gardening, its modifications
in various countries and the influences which have affected its
development. A full study of the three types of gardening--ancient,
mediæval and modern, and their relation to each other.

_Advanced problems and research in landscape design._--The more
complicated problems, such as country estates, parkways and civic
centres, are taken up and worked out in detail. Studies, reports, plans
of arrangement, rendered studies, detailed drawings, grade designs,
planting plans, total estimates of cost and a set of specifications are
worked out for two major problems. Minor problems and sketch problems
are required from time to time.

_Seminary._--A review of current literature and the discussion
of live questions relating to various phases of landscape work, and
reports on investigations. Required of seniors and graduates.


                            HOME ECONOMICS

Instruction will be given in home economics in 1907–8. Information
about this work may be had from the director of the College of
Agriculture, as the courses are not yet ready for scheduling.


                                DRAWING

_Applied drawing._--- Personal instruction in the solution of
particular problems and in fitting the student to pursue certain lines
of study to better advantage, or to enable him to become proficient in
a speciality.


                    WINTER COURSES IN HORTICULTURE

Each year since the establishment of the winter courses the demand
for special instruction in fruit-growing and gardening has increased.
The opportunities for profitable fruit-and vegetable-growing on the
comparatively cheap lands of the east and within easy reach of the
great markets, are attracting capital and energy. It is in response
to this general demand and these opportune conditions that a winter
course in horticulture is offered. The various studies included in this
course are intended to help the fruit-grower and gardener to manage his
orchards and gardens better than in the past; to fit those who have had
some experience for positions of responsibility; to give the beginner
the salient principles and acquaint him as far as possible with the
best practices of commercial and amateur fruit-growers and gardeners
the country over.

The entrance requirements to this course are the same as to the course
in general agriculture. Field experience will always enable the student
to get a maximum of benefit from a study of this kind.

The course is made up of lectures, recitations and practice, special
stress being laid on the last.


                           SPECIAL EXPENSES

General laboratory fee, $7.50; books, $5.00; work suit, $1.50.

All students in this course, except those who have previously completed
satisfactorily the winter course in general agriculture, are required
to take the subjects that follow. Those who complete the winter course
in general agriculture will not be required to take again subjects that
they have already passed. They should consult the professor in charge
concerning substitutes for any of the subjects. All students must
register with the Secretary of the College.


                           REQUIRED SUBJECTS

_Amateur and commercial fruit-growing._--A survey of the
principles and practices of fruit-growing with reference to orchard
management, handling, packing, storing, transplanting and marketing of
orchard products. Seven hours. Five hours of lectures a week and two
afternoons a week for practice.

_Vegetable culture._--Lectures and exercises on the growing and
marketing of vegetables for special and general market. Two hours.

_Farm Botany._--Four hours a week. Two lectures and two laboratory
periods.

_Fertility of the land._--Two hours.

There are thus fifteen hours a week of required work in this course.
Students may elect, with permission of the instructor concerned, three
hours a week additional by taking the following courses:--


                           ELECTIVE SUBJECTS

_Economic entomology._--One hour a week.

_Plant diseases._--Three hours. One hour lecture and two hours’
laboratory practice.

_Horticultural reading._--Assignment of topics for abstracts and
reports in standard works and current periodicals. One to three hours
by appointment.

_Floriculture and ornamental gardening._--Lectures and exercises
on the growing and marketing of greenhouse crops, and the principles of
lawn decoration. Two hours a week.

_Greenhouse practice._--In this course the student is assigned
specific pieces of work in the greenhouse to be performed under the
direction of the gardener. One hour a week.


                               EQUIPMENT

Practically the same facilities are available to the winter course
students as are offered the student in the regular course:--The
library, one of the best in the country; the material equipment of
the forcing-houses, including plants, work rooms, spray pumps and
implements, are all used in conducting the work of instruction.

Those who desire additional information should apply to

               JOHN CRAIG, _Professor of Horticulture_.

Women are eligible on equal terms with men in all these courses of
instruction--and a good many women are at work in this college. The
students registered in the college of agriculture (not in the College
of Arts and Sciences) number over 300.


     LOWTHORPE SCHOOL OF LANDSCAPE GARDENING AND HORTICULTURE FOR
                    WOMEN, AT GROTON, MASSACHUSETTS

                _Founded by_ Mrs. EDWARD GILCHRIST LOW


                               LECTURERS

   _Landscape architecture._--Mr. J. F. DAWSON, with OLMSTED
   BROTHERS. _The garden and its accessories._--MR. LORING
   UNDERWOOD.


                              INSTRUCTORS

_Study of trees and shrubs._--MISS LAURA BLANCHARD DAWSON. _Drawing
and garden design._--MISS GERTRUDE F. SANDERSON. _Surveying and
engineering._--MR. STEPHEN CHILD. _Botany: Greenhouse work and
gardening out-of-doors._--MISS L. L. HETZER.

_Study of trees and shrubs._--Lectures with field walks. Study
of trees from winter buds, and in leaf. Study of shrubs, foliage, and
flowering, with consideration of landscape value. Specimens from the
Arnold Arboretum.

_Botany._--Study of plant structure, function, and classification.
The greater part of the time will be devoted to the flowering plants.

  [Illustration: AVENUE LEADING TO “LOWTHORPE,” GROTON,
  MASSACHUSETTS, MRS. LOW’S SCHOOL FOR LADY GARDENERS.]

_Garden design._--Practice in making preliminary and finished
plans. Designing and laying out of gardens.

_Drawing._--Freehand in black and white and water colour,
with autumn and spring sketching out of doors. Mechanical, simple
projections leading up to elementary study of architectural details.

_Surveying and engineering._--Such parts as have value to
landscape work.

_Greenhouse work._--Care of greenhouse. Propagation, by seeds,
cuttings, layering, budding, and grafting. Carnation, violet growing,
orchids, etc.


                               EXPENSES

Tuition $100 a year. One half to be paid on entering, the second half
in January.

A limited number of students may be accommodated at Lowthorpe. Single
room, $30.00 per month, and upwards; double room for two, at $30.00 per
month for each. Accommodation for others may be obtained in the village
near by. The full course comprises two years’ work. School year is from
September 15 to June 15. Vacations at Christmas and Easter.

The avenues of work that are available are:--

Designing and planting flower gardens; care and maintenance of rose
gardens and flowering shrubs; weekly supervising of greenhouses;
planning and laying out small estates; planting small parks for village
improvement societies.

All communications should be addressed to

               LOWTHORPE SCHOOL, GROTON, MASSACHUSETTS.

Simmons College, Boston, Mass., has, I believe, a horticultural college
connected with it, but it has not been in operation long.

Smith College, Northampton, Mass., also offers courses in practical
horticulture.

The following letter, written by the director of the principal school
of Forestry in America, and very kindly sent to me by Mrs. Low, shows
that he is of opinion that there is an opening for women in landscape
gardening:

                       YALE UNIVERSITY FOREST SCHOOL,
                                          NEW HAVEN, CONN.,
                                               _May 22, 1907_.

    MY DEAR MRS. LOW,--

   I have for a long time felt that there is an opportunity for
   useful work by women in landscape gardening. There is, at the
   present time, no place except the Lowthorpe School, where women
   can secure an adequate training in landscape gardening. I
   believe that your institution is needed, and will be appreciated.

   I may say from my impressions upon visiting your school that you
   have chosen an exceedingly favourable location, and that you
   have made very fine progress in the organisation of your work.

   I want to do what I can to assist your school, for I believe in
   it. If I can be of any service in this or any other way, I hope
   that you will feel free to call upon me.

                         Sincerely yours,
                                  H. S. GRAVES (_Director_).


  [Illustration: SOUTHERN ENTRANCE TO “LOWTHORPE,” GROTON, MASS.
  MRS. LOW’S SCHOOL FOR LADY GARDENERS]

    _To_ MRS. LOW,
          _Principal of Lowthorpe School for Lady Gardeners_.


Mrs. Low asks me to draw attention to the fact that the work of
“landscape design” is the most important in her school. Garden and
greenhouse work are secondary to this. She tells me that several of
her former students have become supervisors of school gardens, in
connection with the Public Schools or Village Improvement Societies.
The highest salary is $60 per month, for five months. One former
student has gone to Portland, in Oregon, on the Pacific coast, where
she is told she will soon become established as a landscape gardener.
Several women have already made a success of landscape gardening. Ten
years hence they will be heard of all over the country. At present the
largest income is £800, or $4,000.

The two photographs of Lowthorpe are attractive. Three years ago the
site of the present avenue, leading to the house, was a field. The
students surveyed the avenue under instruction, and then did the
planting. They have to learn to read a surveyor’s plan with ease. In
the oval in front of the door are Rhododendron maximum, which is hardy
in Massachusetts, ferns and Rinus Strabus. At the entrance on the
right are viburnums, cornus, lonicera, roses, etc. The picture of the
southern entrance gives the bulb garden, between the greenhouse and
verandah, where later on bloom lilies, lilacs and magnolias. On the
left is a hedge of white rose rugosa. Through the arch one goes into
the garden. The large tree is a “platanus occidentalis.” The place was
an old farm when Mrs. Low bought it in 1900–1, and we can judge by the
well-kept grounds what a success she has made of it.


             PENNSYLVANIA SCHOOL OF HORTICULTURE FOR WOMEN

The plan of the Pennsylvania School of Horticulture for Women has
originated in the desire to offer to women an opportunity to fit
themselves for an occupation at once healthful, pleasant, profitable,
peculiarly fitted to their gifts, and in which they have ever taken an
intelligent interest and active part.

Our purpose is to offer to these earnest-minded women a training in the
principles and practice of horticulture and allied subjects, knowing
that really skilled labour can always find a market, helping them also
to find employment in the work for which they have been thus prepared.

To this end we expect to open in the near future the “Pennsylvania
School of Horticulture for Women.” A small farm of twenty to forty
acres will be obtained (probably rented), having upon it a comfortable
dwelling with accommodation for about ten students (at first). Flower
and kitchen gardens and orchards will be laid out and planted. Teachers
of skill and experience will lecture upon the principles and practice
of the courses of study offered, and will oversee all practice work
done by students. For the very heavy work a labourer will be employed,
but the students will do all the rest themselves under direct
supervision of the teacher. A competent matron or principal will be in
charge of the household and will have general oversight of the students.

The full course will occupy two years of twelve months each, but
arrangements will be made for suitable holidays, and full students
will be advised to live in the house. Short courses on special subjects
will also be arranged, and it is hoped will prove attractive and useful
to some who may want to specialise along certain lines.

The tuition and board fees will be kept down to as low a figure as
possible, and it is hoped that there will be endowed scholarships.

The subjects to be offered at once are:--

Flower and kitchen gardening, care of lawns and shrubbery, orchards,
poultry raising, bee-keeping, garden carpentry, marketing of produce.

Later there may be added:--

Forestry, maple sugar growing, preserving of fruits and vegetables, and
such other subjects as may be called for.

There is in Pennsylvania no other school of this character. The
Pennsylvania State College at State College, Centre County, offers
valuable and excellent instruction, but, like the other state colleges,
lays most of its stress on agriculture rather than on horticulture, and
gives great attention (and necessarily so) to experimental farm work,
and to seed and soil tests. Incidentally we hope to profit by these
experiments and to help to spread abroad knowledge of the improvements
and better methods which their experience may have proved beneficial.

We shall be glad to enter into communication with others interested in
the subject, and we look for the interest and support of Pennsylvanians
and many others.

MISS JANE B. HAINES, _Secretary and Treasurer_, Cheltenham, Pa.


            THE MISSOURI BOTANICAL GARDENS, ST. LOUIS, MO.

The Trustees of the garden offer theoretical and practical instruction
in gardening, with a certain number of competitive scholarships. These
scholarships are not open to women. The course of instruction can,
however, be taken by women who are ready to bear their own expenses and
pay the nominal fee of $25 per annum.

Only one young woman has so far completed the course. This lady,
Miss Eda A. Sutermeister, 1637, Broadway, Kansas City, Missouri,
has become an accomplished landscape architect. One other girl went
through the greater part of the work. She subsequently took charge of
the floriculture at an industrial school for women, after extensive
experience in practical floriculture. In addition to these two, a
number of ladies have taken various courses of study included in the
outline, or have received practical training in gardening at the
Botanical Garden, covering short periods of time, and limited parts of
the subject.

The following is taken from the last report:--


                       INSTRUCTION IN GARDENING

The requirement that instruction in gardening and horticulture should
receive attention at the Garden, in addition to the provision of a
lodging house for pupils, led to the entire renovation of the fruit
orchard some years ago, at a cost of $444.44, and two small vegetable
houses have been built for further experimental and educational use.
The annual expenditure on the gardening course averages $930.34.

The Director reports that of the 39 pupils thus far enrolled, of whom
15 completed the course, ten are now successful florists or gardeners,
two have become landscape architects, three hold responsible park
positions, two are college horticulturists with teaching as well
as practical duties, one is a surveyor, one is a government plant
experimenter, and one is a forester in the Philippine service.


                         INSTRUCTION IN BOTANY

Mr. Shaw’s provision for a close connection between the School of
Botany, which he had endowed in Washington University, and the
Garden has been of great assistance to the undergraduate department
of the University, and through the Garden opportunities for work
have been offered to graduate students, of whom five have received
the Master’s degree and six the degree of Doctor of Philosophy with
botany as a major study. The Board expect to see a large increase in
this utilisation of the Garden facilities commensurate with the very
gratifying growth of Washington University. Indirectly the Garden has
been of much use to the young men who have served as assistants in its
office, library, or herbarium, or as teachers in the school of botany,
for with very few exceptions they have gone to college, government or
other positions of high responsibility in botany or horticulture, for
which their service here gave excellent training.


           NEW YORK STATE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE AT CORNELL
                     UNIVERSITY, ITHACA, NEW YORK

_Normal Work.--Two-Year Special Course in Nature-Study._--This
course is organised to help persons who expect to teach nature-study
and country-life subjects in the public schools. Persons actually
engaged in teaching, and also all persons in the University who signify
their intention to teach, are eligible. A certificate will be given on
the completion of 60 hours in the courses prescribed below, together
with such other work in the College of Agriculture as may be approved
by the director. Designed to prepare students to teach elementary
agriculture.

_Nature-Study._--Lectures and discussion of methods.

_Home Nature-Study Work._--Work in the training classes in the
Ithaca schools in which students are also to take part.

_Practice Work in Nature-Study_ in the public schools of Ithaca,
comprising schoolroom work, excursions, and other exercises with
children.

_School Gardens_, comprising actual garden-making with children on
school grounds and in the University school gardens. In winter the work
will be conducted in the forcing houses, where plant-growing subjects
will be taken up in such a way as to adapt them to elementary school
conditions.

_Seminary in Nature-Study and Elementary Agriculture._--Devoted
to the study of the methods of teaching nature-study and elementary
agriculture, and to the review and criticism of courses now offered in
our elementary and secondary schools.

_Nature-Study._--Advanced course. Individual work on special
problems.

_Travel Course in Agriculture._--The aim of this course is to give
the students an opportunity, under competent guidance, to see the main
agricultural activities and crops not represented in New York. It is
open to qualified students of the College of Agriculture and of other
colleges.


                             SPECIAL WORK

Opportunities are provided for persons who desire to pursue special
work. Students must be at least eighteen years of age to take advantage
of this work.

_Special Work in General Agriculture._--This work is designed to
meet the needs of young men and young women from the farm who have
not the time to give to a four years’ course. They must satisfy the
director that they are well enough grounded in the secondary school
subjects to enable them to pursue the work with credit to themselves
and with honour to the University, and also that they desire to take
the work because of direct interest in agricultural affairs. They must
present an honourable dismissal from the school last attended and
certificates of good moral character, and will be required to present
such certificates and letters as may be desired. This work is not a
definite “course” in the sense of having a programme or a prescribed
set of studies. The student chooses any of the agricultural “electives”
that he may be able to pursue. Certain courses are to be given by some
of the departments for those who lack some of the fundamental work
usually required in those subjects. Admission as a special student by
the director does not admit to classes. The student is admitted to the
various classes by the heads of the departments when he has satisfied
such officers that he is able to pursue the work.

_Nature-Study Special Course._--This course, of two years, is
open to teachers, or to such students in regular University courses
as signify their intention to teach, who desire to prepare themselves
in nature-study and country-life subjects. In this course the work
is largely prescribed. The course comprises two categories of work:
the subject-matter studies, and the pedagogical practice. The
subject-matter is secured in the regular classes of the University,
largely in the biological departments. The pedagogical practice is to
be had with children in regular nature-study classes and clubs in the
public schools of Ithaca and in school-garden work with children.


                            EXTENSION WORK

The extension work of the College of Agriculture is designed to help
persons directly on their farms, and to aid those who desire definite
instruction but cannot take a long or regular course in agriculture in
the University. It supplements the teaching and experimenting of the
College of Agriculture. It is professedly a popular work. It endeavours
to reach the common problems of the people, to quicken the agricultural
occupations, and to inspire a greater interest in country life. It
is also a bureau of publicity, whereby there is an exchange of all
important matters connected with the progress of the agriculture of the
State.


                        ARGENTINA; BUENOS AIRES

The following information is all that I can ascertain. There are no
special horticultural colleges for ladies in this country, but they
are admitted to all the agricultural colleges. They may take the same
degrees as men.

As yet only one lady has received the highest degree accorded, namely
Agricultural Engineer, and two others are now studying.

No opening for women in this sphere of activity has presented itself
so far, but I am informed that undoubtedly very soon the public will
appreciate their efforts and employ them in preference to men.

In all public schools pupils from the fourth to sixth grades of both
sexes receive notions of agriculture, and are practically taught
the care and cultivation of indoor plants. In some few schools that
have the necessary ground, pupils are also instructed in cultivating
vegetable and flower plants.




                             CHAPTER XVII

          GARDENING AND NATURE-STUDY IN CANADA AND AUSTRALIA


   The question of gardening for women in Canada is admirably dealt
   with--together with that of “Nature-Study”--in the following
   communication which I have received from Miss E. Ritchie, of
   Halifax, Nova Scotia. It will be seen that while “Nature-Study”
   is taking a prominent position in the curriculum of the public
   school--the profession of gardening for women has barely entered
   into consideration:--

I very much regret that the information I can now send is far from
complete as regards the whole Dominion. Our committee on education
is not really in working order, only two members--both from Ontario
cities--having been appointed by “local councils,” so that I have
myself had to collect facts from the other provinces without having
local knowledge to guide me. In Canada educational matters are subject
entirely to provincial control, and the system differs in the various
provinces, so there is no Central Bureau of information at Ottawa. The
following statements may, I think, be relied upon as correct as far as
they go.

1. _Nature-Study_ is taught to some extent in the public schools
all over Canada (I am not quite sure about Quebec, about which my
information is imperfect, but I believe it is probably true of that
province also). In Nova Scotia, which is a fairly representative
province in such matters, nature-study occupies a part of every day in
all the schools, and so far as my own observation goes, it seems to
be taught sensibly, and in a way to interest the children; they are
made familiar with the growth of plants, the habits of insects, the
appearance, songs, and migration of the different kinds of birds, etc.,
and are encouraged in making simple nature-observation for themselves.
In the higher grades this teaching merges into more specifically
agricultural and scientific work.

2. _School gardens_ are becoming more numerous throughout Canada;
Ontario probably takes the lead in this respect. Sir William Macdonald,
who is devoting very large sums to the development of the more
practical side of education, has inaugurated a number of school gardens
in Ontario, Quebec, Nova Scotia, Prince Edward Island, and (I think)
British Columbia.

As of possible interest in this connection, I may mention a plan
carried out by the Halifax Local Council of Women to encourage a love
of gardening among city children. Seeds of six hardy varieties of
flowers are bought wholesale in the spring, and sold through the school
teachers to children desiring them at cost price. Each child for six
cents (threepence) got a package containing small packages of the six
kinds of seed, and simple printed directions for sowing and caring for
them. An exhibition of flowers grown from these seeds was held in the
month of August, and prizes given for the best bouquets, and also for
“compositions” on the raising of flowers. Last year some 6,000 children
bought the seeds, and the exhibition of flowers was quite remarkable,
even the children from the poorer parts of the city having done
remarkably well. I am in hopes other “local councils” will follow us in
this work.

3. _In regard to the status and prospects of professional women
gardeners in Canada_, I have been unable to get much information.
Few, if any women here, have deliberately chosen this calling as their
life’s work. It must be remembered that almost every woman _living
in the country_ in Canada, whether married or not, has to do a
large part, often all, of her own housework, servants of any kind
being, except in the towns, almost unobtainable--in the North-West
Provinces absolutely so; this renders it difficult for her to undertake
outdoor work that would occupy a great part of her time. I think all
gentlewomen thinking of settling in the rural parts of Canada should
fully realise the bearings of that most troublesome enigma, “the
servant problem,” which we have in its extremest form in this country.
Apart from this I should imagine that gardening, in the neighbourhood
of a good market, might be carried on by women with very satisfactory
results--some capital and good business ability being supposed.

I do not think there would be at present many openings in Canada for
lady teachers of gardening, as such subjects as “nature-study,” etc.,
are taught in the public schools by teachers of other subjects, and in
the private schools (which, though the wealthier parents send their
children to them, are generally inferior from a pedagogical point
of view to the public or free schools) nature-study is very little
attended to.

A career for women that might offer inducements to some is that of
“orchardist,” which in Nova Scotia especially pays well, and is in many
ways agreeable. I know of many married women who assist their husbands
in the apple orchards, and at least one, a widow, I think, who owns and
manages a large orchard with great success; and there are probably many
others. Of course, capital is required, and some knowledge of local
conditions.

4. _In regard to opportunities for the education of lady
gardeners_, I may say that in all agricultural and other colleges
supported by public money women are received and taught on precisely
the same terms as men. This includes the Agricultural College at Truro,
Nova Scotia, Prince of Wales College, Charlottetown, Prince Edward
Island (which has agricultural courses), the Agricultural College at
Guelph, Ontario, and the Macdonald College at St. Anne, Bellevue,
Quebec. The latter is said to be the most advanced and well-equipped
institution of its kind in America.


                     THE MACDONALD SCHOOL GARDENS

   The following information relative to the School Garden
   movement is taken from a paper written by Mr. R. H. Cowley, and
   originally published in the _Queen’s Quarterly_.

In the spring of 1904 a group of school gardens went into operation in
each of the provinces of Ontario, Quebec, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia
and Prince Edward Island. These school gardens are associated with Sir
William C. Macdonald’s plans for the improvement of Canadian schools,
and they constitute a notable feature of the general scheme devised by
Professor James W. Robertson, director of the Macdonald educational
movement.

At a meeting of the Massachusetts Horticultural Society, in 1890, a
paper on horticultural education for children was read by Mr. Henry
Lincoln Clapp, master of George Putnam School, Roxbury, Mass. At this
school a garden was established the following year as a result of the
interest awakened. This garden, which appears to have been the first
of its kind in the United States, was devoted exclusively to native
wild plants until 1901, when a vegetable plot was added. Here and there
within the past decade, and with various objects in view, the idea has
been employed by private citizens, charitable associations, commercial
firms, horticultural societies, and a few educational institutions, but
as yet the school garden has not become an organic feature of any state
system of education.

In Canada the school garden idea has also received some recognition
prior to the Macdonald movement. For several years a very successful
and quite extensive garden for boys has been conducted at Broadview,
Toronto, by Captain Atkinson, of the Boys’ Brigade Institute. Here and
there throughout the Dominion, floriculture has been encouraged to some
extent in the elementary schools. Under the aggressive advocacy of Dr.
A. H. MacKay, Superintendent of Education, whose faith in all branches
of nature-study has been fully justified by his works, Nova Scotia
has taken a leading place in establishing school gardens. In 1903
there were 52 school gardens in the province. Last July 79 in all were
reported. The special courses in agriculture and nature-study, recently
provided for teachers, has had a considerable influence in promoting
the school garden movement, though outside the Macdonald gardens few
are yet more than temporary efforts of the teacher for the time being.

It is apparent that three leading motives underlie the origin and
growth of school gardens in Europe:--(1) to provide a convenient means
of supplementing the teachers’ income, thereby simplifying the problem
of maintaining the public school; (2) to promote a practical knowledge
of horticulture and agriculture, thereby increasing the national
prosperity; (3) to furnish means and material for the practical study
of botany as a desirable department of scientific knowledge.

The vast majority of European school gardens look to utility. Of the
few that recognise the importance of the educational end, nearly
all stop short at the acquisition of a certain amount of scientific
information and the habit of careful observation. On the other
hand, the Macdonald School Gardens, while designed to encourage the
cultivation of the soil as an ideal life-work, are intended to promote
above all things else symmetrical education of the individual. They
do not aim at education to the exclusion of utility, but they seek
education through utility, and utility through education. The garden
is the means, the pupil is the end. The Macdonald School Gardens are
a factor in an educational movement, and for this reason Professor
Robertson sought to have them brought under the Education Department,
and not under the Department of Agriculture, in each province. The
fact that the various provinces already referred to have passed orders
in council incorporating the Macdonald School Gardens into their
educational systems at once places these school gardens on a broader
educational basis than that occupied by the school gardens of any other
state or country.

The Ontario Government has provided special courses at Guelph to train
teachers in the practical educational aspects of this new work. An
initial grant of one hundred dollars, as well as an annual grant, is
offered to any rural school section establishing a school garden.
At Truro, and elsewhere in the Maritime Provinces, suitable courses
for teachers are also provided. In New Brunswick, annual grants of
thirty dollars to the Board of Trustees are given where a garden is
established at an elementary school. In Quebec, extensive preparations
for the training of teachers in the new lines of education are under
way.

The Macdonald School Gardens not only have a recognised place in the
provincial systems of education, but they are attached to the ordinary
rural schools, owned by the school corporation and conducted under
the authority of the school trustees and the express approval of the
ratepayers.

The work of the garden is recognised as a legitimate part of the school
programme, and it is already interwoven with a considerable part of
the other studies. The garden is becoming the outer classroom of
the school, and the plots are its blackboards. The garden is not an
innovation, or an excrescence, or an addendum, or a diversion. It is a
happy field of expression, an organic part of the school in which the
boys and girls work among growing things and grow themselves in body
and mind and spiritual outlook.

The true relation of the garden to the school has been in good part
established by the travelling instructors whom Professor Robertson
appointed to supervise the work in each province. These instructors
were chosen as teachers of experience in rural schools, and were sent
for special preparation, at the expense of the Macdonald fund, to
Chicago, Cornell, Columbia, and Clark universities, and to the Ontario
Agricultural College, Guelph.


            THE SCHOOL GARDENS OF CARLETON COUNTY, ONTARIO

The county of Carleton was selected by Prof. Robertson for the
initiation of school gardens in Ontario, and the work that is being
carried on here is typical of what is being done in the other four
provinces. In all five gardens have been established under the
Macdonald fund in Carleton County. Two of these are placed at Carp
and Galetta, points on the Canada Atlantic Railway, distant twenty
and thirty-three miles respectively from Ottawa. A third is located
at Richmond, a small incorporated village in the heart of the county,
distant from the capital about twenty miles by stage. The remaining
gardens are situated at North Gower and Bowesville, the former about
twenty-five miles and the latter five miles from the city. As the five
schools at which these gardens have been established are from seven
to fifteen miles apart, the experiment is being brought fairly under
the scrutiny of the entire county. The garden at Richmond is within a
short distance of the grounds of the County Agricultural Society, and
will annually be open to the inspection of many hundred visitors to
the fair. Already the gardens have attracted much local attention, and
last autumn the products of the gardens won about a hundred dollars
in prizes, given both by the agricultural societies and by private
citizens who have taken a generous interest in this educational
experiment.

After full discussion with trustees and ratepayers each garden was
established under the direct approval and control of the school board
concerned, and in harmony with the already existing regulations of the
Education Department, which provide in a general way for instruction
in agriculture and nature-study, and also for enlarging school
grounds. It is worthy of note that while the ratepayers interested
were not indifferent to the question of expense involved, they paid
special attention to the fact that they were being asked to take up an
experiment of a very novel nature which required a marked departure
from the beaten path of elementary school work. Thus the educational
aspects of school gardens were specially considered, the result being
that the people have taken up the enterprise with an open-minded
interest that has already carried the experiment far on the way to
success.

The size of the gardens, including the usual school grounds, is in each
case two acres, excepting the garden at Richmond, which contains three
acres. Where additional land had to be acquired, the Macdonald fund
bore half the cost, as also the whole cost of fencing and preparing
the garden, erecting garden shed and providing the necessary tools,
etc. The cost of maintenance of the garden is likewise met by the
Macdonald fund for a period of three years. For the same period Sir
William Macdonald pays the salary of the travelling instructor, Mr.
J. W. Gibson, who visits each garden one day per week to assist the
teachers in directing the garden work of the pupils, to give lessons in
certain practical aspects of nature-study, and generally to encourage
the association of the garden work with the ordinary exercises of the
classrooms.

One of the most useful accessories to the school garden is the garden
shed, which is used for storing tools and produce, and for carrying
on work not suited to the classroom, such as preparing tickets and
labels, analysing soils, assorting seeds, arranging plants, etc. The
average cost of the garden sheds is about seventy-five dollars. They
are of various shapes and sizes, according to the number of pupils
to be accommodated. A popular plan is that of a shed, ten feet by
twenty feet, with an extension on one side about five feet wide, and
finished as a greenhouse. This obviates the necessity of having special
hot-beds. The garden tools are disposed along the walls of the shed
in places numbered to accord with the numbering of the pupils’ plots.
Along one side of each shed is a bench or table of plain boards,
about eighteen inches wide, running close to the wall, along which
are several small windows giving abundant light to pupils engaged in
practical work.

The chief tools and implements requisite to the school garden are hoes,
rakes, hand weeders, garden lines, one or two spades and shovels, a
wheelbarrow, hammer, saw, nails, etc. The pupils, as a rule, require
only hoes, rakes and hand weeders. Those pupils who are sufficiently
mature to work a plot by themselves, or along with a companion, can get
along very well with hoes and rakes of the average size. In one case,
where smaller tools were supplied, the pupils abandoned them after a
little practice for those of the standard size.

While the plan of laying out the gardens varies according to soil,
surface and location, the arrangement of the Bowesville garden suggests
the general features that have been kept in view. These include a
belt of ornamental native trees and shrubs surrounding the grounds;
two walks, each about one hundred yards long, between rows of trees;
a playground about half an acre in area for boys; a lawn of about
a quarter of an acre for the girls, bordered with some light and
graceful shade, such as the cut-leaf birch; a small orchard, in which
are grown a few varieties of the fruit trees most profitable to the
district; a forest plot, in which the most important Canadian trees
will be grown from seed and by transplanting; a plot for cultivating
the wild herbs, vines and shrubs of the district; space for individual
plots and special experimental plots; an attractive approach to the
school, including open lawn, large flowering plants, foliage, rockery,
ornamental shrubs, etc.

The special experimental plots are, as a rule, larger than the
individual plots. They are used for such purposes as the special study
of rotation of crops, values of fertilisers, effects of spraying,
selection of seeds, merits of soils, productiveness and quality of
different varieties of crops, and many other similar subjects. At one
school a special study was made of corn, clover, tomatoes, and cabbage;
at another beans, peas, beets, and potatoes occupied the experimental
plots; and at still another, some extra attention was given to plots
of pumpkins, squash, cabbage, and cauliflower. At all the gardens
special plots will be devoted to small fruits, such as strawberries,
raspberries, gooseberries, and currants. The experimental plots vary in
area from 200 to 2,000 square feet, but where the extent of ground is
restricted the experiments may be successfully carried out on plots of
a much smaller average size.

The gardens are managed throughout on the basis of individual
ownership, individual effort and individual responsibility on the part
of the pupils. At all the gardens the pupils are given plots that are
solely their own. According to the age and strength of the pupils,
these plots vary in size from 72 square feet to 120 square feet. At
some schools each pupil has two plots, one for vegetables, etc., and
the other for flowers. In other cases the flowers and vegetables are
kept in different parts of the same plot. The former plan presents no
inconvenience, and is found to contribute to the general appearance
of the garden. At one of the school gardens the pupils’ plots were
uniformly 10 feet wide by 20 feet in length, each plot being worked in
partnership, a junior pupil working with a senior pupil in each case.
Though very good results were secured by this method, the instructor
considers the individual method preferable, and will pursue it in
future.


                              NOVA SCOTIA

   Nature-study is here taken very seriously. The following
   extracts from a leaflet issued to every teacher in the province
   by the Educational Department will show how thoroughly and
   systematically the matter is dealt with.


                      LOCAL “NATURE” OBSERVATIONS

This sheet is provided for the purpose of aiding teachers to interest
their pupils in observing the times of the regular procession of
natural phenomena each season. First, it may help the teacher in doing
some of the “Nature” lesson work of the Course of Study; secondly,
it may aid in procuring valuable information for the locality and
province. Two copies are provided for each teacher who wishes to
conduct such observations, _one_ to be preserved as the property
of the section for reference from year to year; the _other_ to be
sent in with the return to the inspector, who will transmit it to the
superintendent for examination and compilation.

What is desired is to have recorded in these forms the dates of the
_first_ leafing, flowering and fruiting of plants and trees; the
_first_ appearance in the locality of birds migrating north in spring
or south in autumn, etc. While the objects specified here are given
so as to enable comparison to be made between the different sections
of the province, it is very desirable that other local phenomena of
a similar kind be recorded. Every locality has a _flora_, _fauna_,
_climate_, etc., more or less distinctly its own; and the more common
trees, shrubs, plants, crops, etc., are those which will be most
valuable from a local point of view in comparing the characters of a
series of seasons.

Teachers will find it one of the most convenient means for the
stimulation of pupils in observing all natural phenomena when going
_to_ and _from_ the school, and some pupils radiate as far as two
miles from the schoolroom. The “nature-study” under these conditions
would thus be mainly undertaken at the most convenient time, without
encroaching on school time; while on the other hand it will tend to
break up the monotony of school travel, fill an idle and wearisome hour
with interest, and be one of the most valuable forms of educational
discipline. The eyes of a whole school daily passing over a whole
school section will let very little escape notice, especially if the
first observer of each annually recurring phenomenon receives credit
as the first observer of it for the year. The observations will be
accurate, as the facts must be demonstrated by the most undoubted
evidence, such as the bringing of the specimens to the school when
possible or necessary.

To all observers the following most important, most essential
principles of recording are emphasised: Better _no date_, NO RECORD,
than a WRONG ONE or a DOUBTFUL one. Sports out of season due to very
local conditions not common to at least a small field, should not be
recorded except parenthetically. The date to be recorded for the
purposes of compilation with those of other localities should be the
_first_ of the _many_ of its kind following immediately after it.
For instance, a butterfly emerging from its chrysalis in a sheltered
cranny by a southern window in January would not be an indication of
the general climate, but of the peculiarly heated nook in which the
chrysalis was sheltered; nor would a flower in a semi-artificial, warm
shelter give the date required. When these sports out of season occur,
they might also be recorded, but within a parenthesis to indicate the
peculiarity of some of the conditions affecting their early appearance.

These schedules should be sent in to the inspector with the annual
school returns in July, containing the observations made during the
whole school year and back as far as the preceding July (if possible),
when the schedule of the previous school year was necessarily completed
and sent in.

A duplicate copy of the schedule of observations should be securely
attached to the school register for the year, so that the series of
annual observations may be preserved in each locality. The new register
has a page for such records.

Remember to fill in carefully and distinctly the date, locality, and
other blanks at the head of the schedule on the next page; for if
either the date or the locality or the name of the responsible compiler
should be omitted the whole paper is worthless and cannot be bound up
for preservation in the volume of The Phenological Observations.


PHENOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS, CANADA

(1906 SCHEDULE)

For the _year_ ending _July_, 190.

    Province ____________ County ______________

    District ____________ locality or School Section

    ____________________________  No. ________

=============================================================

    [The estimated length and breadth of the locality
    within which the following observations were made ______ ×
    ______ miles. Estimated distance from the sea-coast
    ______ miles. Estimated altitude above the sea level
    ______ feet.

    Slope or general exposure of the region _____________________
    General character of the soil and surface ___________________
    Proportion of forest and its character ______________________
    Does the region include lowlands or intervales? _____________
      and if so name the main river or stream ________________ Or
      is it all substantially highlands? ________________________
    Any other peculiarity tending to affect vegetation? _________
    _____________________________________________________________

    The most central Post Office of the locality or region ______

    ===================================================================
    NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE TEACHER OR OTHER COMPILER |WHEN  |  WHEN
    OF THE OBSERVATIONS RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR         |FIRST | BECOMING
    ACCURACY.                                         |Seen. | Common.
      _______________________________                 |      |
            _________________________________         |      |
    --------------------------------------------------+------+---------
    WILD PLANTS, ETC.--NOMENCLATURE as in “Spotton”   |      |
                or “Gray’s Manual.”                   |      |
                                                      |      |
    Alder (Alnus incana), catkins shedding pollen     |      |
    Aspen (Populus tremuloides),    „                 |      |
    Mayflower (Epigæa repens), flowering              |      |
    Field Horsetail (Equisetum arvense), shedding     |      |
      spores                                          |      |
    Blood-root (Sanguinaria Canadensis), flowering    |      |
    White Violet (Viola blanda), flowering            |      |
            Etc., etc., etc.                          |      |
                                                      |      |
              CULTIVATED PLANTS, ETC.                 |      |
                                                      |      |
    Red Currant (Ribes rubrum), flowering             |      |
      „            „            fruit ripe            |      |
    Black Currant (Ribes nigrum), flowering           |      |
      „            „              fruit ripe          |      |
    Cherry (Prunus Cerasus), flowering                |      |
      „            „         fruit ripe               |      |
    Plum (Prunus domestica), flowering                |      |
            Etc., etc., etc.                          |      |
                                                      |      |
              FARMING OPERATIONS, ETC.                |      |
                                                      |      |
    Ploughing begun                                   |      |
    Sowing begun                                      |      |
    Planting of Potatoes begun                        |      |
    Shearing of Sheep                                 |      |
    Hay Cutting                                       |      |
    Grain Cutting                                     |      |
    Potato Digging                                    |      |
                                                      |      |
             (METEOROLOGICAL PHENOMENA).              |      |
                                                      |      |
    Opening of (a) Rivers, (b) Lakes without currents |      |
    Last Snow (a) to whiten ground, (b) to fly in air |      |
    Last Spring Frost (a) “hard” (b) “hoar”           |      |
    Water in Streams, Rivers, etc., (a) highest, (b)  |      |
        lowest                                        |      |
    First Autumn Frosts (a) “hoar” (b) “hard”         |      |
    First Snow (a) to fly in air, (b) to whiten ground|      |
    Closing of (a) Lakes without currents, (b) Rivers |      |
    Number of Thunder-storms (with dates of each)     |      |

    Jan---------------, Feb---------------,  Mar---------------

    Apr---------------, May---------------,  June--------------

    July--------------, Aug---------------,  Sept--------------

    Oct---------------, Nov---------------,  Dec---------------
    ===========================================+===========+===========
                                               |Going North|Going South
                                               |or coming  |or leaving
                                               |in Spring. |in Fall.
    -------------------------------------------+-----------+-----------
            MIGRATION OF BIRDS, ETC.           |           |
                                               |           |
    Wild Duck migrating                        |           |
    Wild Geese migrating                       |           |
    Song Sparrow (Melospiza fasciata)          |           |
    American Robin (Turdus migratorius)        |           |
    Slate-coloured Snow Bird (Junco hiemalis)  |           |
    Spotted Sand Piper (Actitis macularia)     |           |
    Meadow Lark (Sturnella magna)              |           |
    Kingfisher (Ceryle Alcyon)                 |           |
            Etc., etc., etc.                   |           |
    ===========================================+===========+===========


                               AUSTRALIA

                               VICTORIA

          SCHOOL OF HORTICULTURE IN RICHMOND PARK, MELBOURNE

The site covers 33 acres of ground. In 1890 the Government decided to
start here an institution for the training of orchardists and small
settlers, and during the past eight years much has been done to provide
for teaching the regular and casual students, and those visitors
calling in search of special information. Classroom instruction is
given in horticultural science, vegetable pathology, botany, physical
and commercial geography, entomology; measuring, levelling, designing,
and plotting of homesteads, orchards, small farm and garden areas,
and the most approved methods of raising and managing fruit trees and
plants. Practical work includes the propagation and management of
orchard trees, citrons, table grapes, bush fruits; harvesting, storing,
packing, marketing, drying and canning fruit; vegetable culture;
clearing, grading, and trenching land; management of soils, manures,
drainage, and villa gardening.

The principal and his assistant carry out this programme by affording
lessons daily in the classroom and field. In 1899 women students were
first admitted. They have for the most part devoted their attention to
the designing and making of villa gardens, vegetables and herb culture,
and the special cultivation of table grapes and lemons--branches
of commercial horticulture most suited to women. Previous to 1903
instruction was free, but a fee of £5 per annum is now charged. There
is a steady advance in the number of students, and every indication of
the school doing generally helpful work in the service of the State.

The school year extends from February to December.

       *       *       *       *       *

The tabulated return on the following page of persons engaged in
agricultural pursuits in 1901 is of interest. Only those subjects
bearing reference specially to horticulture are mentioned.

A lady near Melbourne has recently bought a place and laid out a
garden. There is about one acre of ground, and a five-roomed cottage
with various outhouses, etc. The whole cost about £400, and has since
increased in value. A telephone is attached, and a good many people
in Melbourne ring up when they want flowers. These are despatched
direct to the buyers by train, the station being only ten minutes’
walk from the house. All the flowers are hardy ones. The work is done
by a gardener, who comes when wanted, and the rest is done by the
lady herself. There has not so far been much profit, as it has only
been started two years. As the garden is now well-established, it is
supposed it will pay well in August, September, October, and November,
which are the best months in Melbourne.

  -------------------+------------+------------+------------+------------
    _Persons         |            |_In Business|            |
    following        |_Employers  |on their own| _Receiving |_Relatives
   Agricultural      |of Labour._ |account, but| Salary or  |assisting._
    Pursuits._       |            |not         |   Wages._  |
                     |            |employing   |            |
                     |            | labour._   |            |
  -------------------+-----+------+-----+------+-----+------+-----+------
                     |Males|F’m’es|Males|F’m’es|Males|F’m’es|Males|F’m’es
  Market Gardeners   | 859 |  19  |1,647|  32  |1,518|  9   | 576 | 132
  Fruit Growers }    |     |      |     |      |     |      |     |
  Orchardists   }    | 493 |  44  |  868|  91  |  700| 43   | 465 | 172
  Hop, Cotton, Tea, }|     |      |     |      |     |      |     |
    Coffee Grower   }|  10 |   2  |    7|  --  |   48| 48   |   9 |   2
  Tobacco Grower     |  10 |  --  |   25|  --  |   24| --   |   1 |  --
  Vine Grower }      |     |      |     |      |     |      |     |
  Vigneron    }      | 174 |  18  |   72|   8  |1,131|  6   |  86 |  39
  Horticulturist     | 237 |   7  |  571|  17  |2,132|  7   | 107 |  39
  -------------------+-----+------+-----+-----+------+------+-----+------



                            NEW SOUTH WALES

“We are a young community and also a small one, otherwise we should
have had at least a small college for lady gardeners ere now,” is the
answer that comes to my inquiry on the subject. I am told, however,
that there is fine scope for such a thing, and that the women of
New South Wales are quite ready for it. Up to now they have chiefly
confined themselves to bettering the conditions of labour in those
departments voluntarily sought by women, rather than to forming new
schemes.


                               TASMANIA

Accounts which come to us of the possibilities of the successful
cultivation of fruits, trees and plants are all favourable. The
mildness of the winter and the great amount of sunshine cause very
rapid growth and production of fruit. Plants that will not survive an
English winter need no protection here. We learn, too, that the acreage
of gardens and orchards is steadily on the increase.

There are so far no training schools for lady gardeners, and no posts
are held by them either in private gardens or market gardens. The
jam factories employ women, but these belong to the working classes.
Nothing definite can therefore be held out as to the future for lady
gardeners, beyond the certainty that the more directing heads we have,
superintending the development of these orchards and gardens, the more
successful they will be.

  [Illustration: THE MARCHIONESS OF SLIGO’S GARDEN, MOUNT BROWNE,
  NEAR GUILDFORD.

  UNDER THE MANAGEMENT OF A LADY GARDENER.

  _Photograph by Pictorial Agency._]




                             CHAPTER XVIII

                TRAINING GROUNDS FOR MARKET GARDENERS.


   Special opportunities are afforded to those who intend to
   devote their attention to the study of market-garden work. I
   am enabled, by the courtesy of the principals, to give the
   following information concerning some successful market gardens
   which are conducted by ladies, and where pupils are received.
   This I have supplemented with details of such facilities as are
   offered by public bodies for courses of instruction in the work.


               THE VIOLET NURSERIES AT HENFIELD, SUSSEX.

             _Proprietors_: MISSES A. AND D. ALLEN-BROWN.

The Violet Nurseries, instituted a few years ago in a small garden,
now extend over several acres, and are carried forward on practical
business lines.

The Misses Allen-Brown, specialist violet growers, do the entire work
of the nurseries, with the assistance of a boy and of any pupils who
may be with them.

Pupils are received on payment of five guineas premium for a year’s
tuition. The instruction given is entirely practical. Arrangements
are made to obtain rooms for pupils in the village, the charges being
(approximately) one guinea for a single room and board, and fifteen
shillings each for a room shared.

The work of the year is, in general:--In spring, the taking of cuttings
and planting out; in summer, the tending of plants and cutting of
runners; in autumn, the lifting into frames, and the selling, packing
and despatching of plants and flowers; in winter, the picking of
blossoms and the tending of plants in frames. Of the four, spring is
the busiest and most instructive season for violet-growers, but it is
advisable that pupils should, if possible, remain in the nurseries for
the full year.

The work is exceedingly healthy--above all other open-air
employments--owing to the fact that the smell of violets has medicinal
qualities. The pleasure of the work proves its ample reward, apart from
the pecuniary success, to all who give themselves to it, unreservedly,
with physical and mental vigour.

   Amongst ladies who are supervising, or themselves undertaking,
   market gardens, are the following. They all write hopefully
   about their work, but seem of one accord in thinking that it
   is only by the combination of their brains and the work of a
   labouring man that success ensues.

MISS DORA GROOME, at Heath Nursery Gardens, Petersfield, has
the largest nursery garden in the neighbourhood, but only employs men.

MISS A. CROSS, Cleveland, Bere Alston, Devon, writes that,
having been trained at Studley College, she has lately started a
nursery garden. At present the garden is only three-quarters of an
acre in extent, but it is proposed to add to it each year. It will be
eventually a fruit and asparagus market garden, supplemented by poultry
and milking goats.

MISS BIRTELL and her sisters have a violet farm at the
Cottage, Shripney, near Bognor. They do all the work in connection with
the violets themselves, and also make the frames and glaze and paint
the lights. A labouring man does the rough digging. Miss Birtell has
two acres of land and about half of it is devoted only to the violets.


           HOLLY BUSH NURSERY, CHESNUT LANE, AMERSHAM, BUCKS

MISS M. AGAR and MISS M. G. HOLMES, directors of this garden, are
willing to take ladies as students in simple land surveying and plan
drawing. Terms for tuition are £2 2s. per week; and if students live at
the nursery, 30s. a week is charged for board and lodging.

Gardening students will probably be admitted shortly, but the garden
has not been started long enough to take these at present. Miss Agar
is a garden designer. The following are particulars of her nursery
garden:--

The Nursery undertakes the laying out, stocking, and up-keep of
gardens, and provides seeds, bulbs, plants, shrubs, and all garden
requisites.

Skilled gardening labour is supplied at 4s. a day. Yearly or monthly
contracts can be made.

Advisory work is undertaken at a guinea for the first visit, and
half-a-guinea for subsequent visits; or two guineas a week with all
expenses.

MISS A. BATESON, Bashley Nursery, New Milton, Hants, has a
most successful market garden, described on p. 73. She sometimes takes
students, and her terms are £40 premium for a year’s work without
residence; £100 per annum premium with board and residence.

MISS DIXON, F.R.H.S., holding the Horticultural College,
Swanley, diploma, and 1st class Horticultural certificate, South
Kensington, assisted by MISS EVE, R.H.S., receives students
at Elmcroft Nursery, Westergate, Chichester, suitable rooms being
provided in the village. The house stands in two acres of ground, four
miles from Bognor, and six from Chichester. Both soil and climate are
good. There are 300 ft. of glass, in which are grown melons, cucumbers,
tomatoes, peaches, strawberries, forced rhubarb and seakale, early
vegetables, roses, chrysanthemums, bulbs, etc. Outside are grown roses,
sweet peas, violets, and other flowers; vegetables of all sorts, and
fruit.

Poultry and ducks are kept, and there is also jam making and fruit
bottling.

The produce is chiefly sent to Bognor, Chichester, and Manchester, and
private orders are supplied for weekly hampers of vegetables, eggs, and
cut flowers.

A man is kept to help with the rough work.

  [Illustration: CAPTAIN COLTHURST VESEY’S GARDEN, LUCAN, IRELAND.

  FOR MANY YEARS HIS MOTHER, MRS. VESEY, HAS MADE THE GARDEN HER
  PERSONAL INTEREST.

  _Photograph by Pictorial Agency._]

In 1907 Miss Dixon obtained the R.H.S. Silver Medal for melons,
and second prize for fruit, flowers, and jam from the Women’s
Agricultural and Horticultural International Union.

   Although the following is not a school for instruction in
   horticulture, I should like to mention it, as young ladies are
   taught floral decoration and other matters, which may prove
   of great use to them, if they wish to start job gardening or
   decoration for themselves.

The Women’s London Gardening Association, established in 1891,
undertakes floral decorations of all kinds. Cut flowers supplied
regularly by contract, and arranged if desired. Wreaths, crosses,
sprays, bouquets, baskets, dinner-tables, receptions, ballrooms,
platforms, weddings, etc. Table decorations are a speciality. Jobbing
gardening work is also done. Contracts are taken to keep in order,
and furnish, gardens, conservatories, window-boxes, balconies,
roof-gardens, etc., by the year or season.

Advice is given on the management of country or suburban gardens at
reasonable fees. Lawns are sown and kept in order, gravel is supplied,
soils, fibre, sand, flowerpots, retail. Seeds, bulbs, etc.

The above is under the management of Mrs. T. Chamberlain, and all
communications should be addressed to her at 107, Pimlico Road,
Chelsea, S.W.

The nursery is in St. Ann’s Place, Milman Street, Chelsea, and the old
wells in it were once in Sir Thomas More’s garden.

Mrs. Chamberlain takes one or two young ladies from time to time, as
apprentices or improvers to learn jobbing gardening, florist’s work,
or both if desired. Terms for improvers who have already had some
training, 10s. per week to start with. The terms for a course, £30.
The ladies find their own board and lodging. After three months, Mrs.
Chamberlain pays them 2s. 6d. per week, and after six months 5s. per
week. For the last quarter of their training, ladies receive 7s. 6d.
per week. Sometimes ladies are taken for four months, upon payment by
them of £10 10s.

Should it prove desirable, they can, at the end of this time, pay a
further sum and remain a year. Pupils are expected to be ready to do
anything required, and are not allowed to pick and choose their work.

   The following extracts from the report of the


                WOMEN’S INTERNATIONAL AGRICULTURAL CLUB

   will serve to show the scope of its object and work. The club
   has as its premises the Manor House, Bredon’s Norton, near
   Tewkesbury, Worcestershire.

There are few more beautiful spots in rural England than the little
village of Bredon’s Norton in Worcestershire, nestling as it does at
the base of the lofty Bredon Hill and overlooking the fertile valley
of the Severn. The club-house stands on a gentle eminence, and from
its broad terraces may be viewed some of the most lovely scenery in
England. Abruptly behind it rises the Bredon Beacon Hill, of which a
great poet wrote:

    “Twelve lovely counties saw the blaze
    From Bredon’s lonely height.”

The hill is crowned by the remains of a Roman encampment, thrown up, it
is said, during the wars of the Romans against Boadicea, the Queen of
the Iceni.

The hopeless intellectual outlook of agricultural pursuits dissevered
from contact with the foremost thought and scientific experiments of
to-day has driven the enterprising progressive workers of both sexes
from the land to the towns.

Miss Woodhull, of Norton Park, Bredon’s Norton, near Tewkesbury, who
has gone deeply into the agricultural problem, more especially the
great need for the extension of intensive culture, has retained a fine
old Elizabethan manor house on her estate, which she has renovated and
filled with beautiful old furniture for the club.

Since the lighter branches of agriculture have taken such a prominent
place on the list of suitable occupations for women, there has been a
great demand for some place where the subjects could be studied for
short or long periods. Though short courses are held no college as yet
has filled this want.

Where a large number of students are together it is necessary to have a
certain number of rules which compel them to lead the ordinary college
life. In many cases it is not convenient to do this, and so many a
woman who sometimes finds she has a week or two at her disposal and
would very much like to come to a place of this sort is debarred from
doing so.

It is hoped this club will do much to solve the problem of what is to
be done with the healthy, energetic unmarried woman of the present
day, who has a little capital, and who wishes to live in the country,
instead of leading a narrow and restricted life in towns. In Bredon’s
Norton in a simple way she can live her own life, have congenial
employment, and at the same time add to her income without being cut
off from associating with people of her own standing, or debarred from
intellectual occupations, which is so often the result if an isolated
country life is led devoted entirely to agricultural pursuits.

The result, so far, is satisfactory. The scheme is in its second
year, and has earned a right to its recognition by the public. Since
January, 1906, several cottages have been secured in the village, and
have been made suitable for gentlewomen to reside in. These have all
been taken by those who carry on whatever work they are interested in.
Some members have taken up half-acre plots, and among other things are
growing tomatoes in large quantities.

The club is unique of its kind; while combining opportunities for the
higher intellectual pursuits and attracting those who have travelled
and read extensively, it enables those who wish to specialise in the
lighter branches of agriculture to carry out their work under the
following conditions:

1. Members staying at the club will be able to take lessons in
gardening, dairy or poultry work, or bee-keeping, for long or short
periods.

2. Members who have trained at any of the existing colleges can reside
at the club and rent small plots, from half an acre upwards, which will
enable them to make a start either in market gardening or otherwise
with very little outlay.

3. A horticultural school is carried on in connection with the club.
The younger students under the necessary supervision will live in
separate houses.

4. Members can attend the higher courses at Cheltenham Ladies’ College.

5. Members who reside in the village or immediate neighbourhood can
obtain all meals at the club at a very moderate tariff. This is an
important item, as gentlewomen are often deterred from settling in the
country on account of the great difficulty of getting anyone to do the
necessary cooking and housework; by being able to obtain their meals
they are more or less independent of the servant question and manage
very well with occasional help.

The library contains standard books of reference in the lighter
branches of agriculture, besides a wide range of other subjects,
together with the principal English and foreign magazines.

An experienced secretary and typist is at the disposal of members. The
telephone is attached to the club; the principal houses and cottages in
the village are connected by telephone.

The club house is situated 106 miles from London, 16 miles from
Gloucester, 14 miles from Worcester, 14 miles from Evesham, 11 miles
from Cheltenham, 11 miles from Malvern, 5 miles from Tewkesbury, and 5
miles from Pershore.


                                TARIFF

Resident members: breakfast, 1s.; dinner (middle day), 1s. 6d.;
afternoon tea, 6d. and 9d.; high tea, 1s.; plain late dinner, 2s. 6d.;
supper, 1s. 6d.; cocoa and cake, 3d. Rooms from 1s. 6d. per night.
Meals for non-resident members, permanently living in cottages, 15s.
per week.


                            LIST OF CHARGES

                               VISITORS

Terms per week, 2 guineas, to include: Breakfast, 1s.; dinner (middle
day), 1s. 6d.; afternoon tea, 6d.; supper, 1s. 6d.; room, 1s. 6d. Rooms
from 1s. 6d. per night. Meals for non-resident visitors as per charges
on tariff card.


                           WEEK-END VISITORS

From middle day, Saturday, to middle day, Monday, 17s. 6d. (to include
breakfast, mid-day dinner, afternoon tea, and supper, also room).

Arrangements can be made for boarding dogs.

       *       *       *       *       *

   The following scheme is in operation under the Department of
   Agriculture and Technical Instruction for Ireland. Any woman,
   of whose qualifications the above department approves, is
   eligible for the post of instructor under this scheme, which, by
   permission, I am allowed to reproduce. It will be seen that
   the actual appointment rests with the local authorities.

   Miss Lucy Douglas, in Cavan, is at present the only woman
   gardener employed under it.

  [Illustration: ROSE GARDEN, DANNY, SUSSEX.

  THE ROSES ARE PRUNED AND ATTENDED TO BY MISS ALICE CAMPION.

  _Photograph by Pictorial Agency._]


             SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION IN HORTICULTURE AND THE
                      MANAGEMENT OF BEES, 1907–8

1. The department are prepared, provided a suitable instructor in
horticulture and bee-keeping can be obtained, to approve of the
appointment of at least one such person for each county in Ireland.
In the case of new appointments no person shall be eligible for the
position of instructor in the county of which he is a native, or in
which he permanently resides.

2. The department will, as far as possible, assist the county committee
in obtaining an instructor, by supplying the names of persons qualified
for the post. If a county committee should find it impossible to obtain
a person competent to give instruction in both branches the department
may sanction the employment of separate instructors for each subject.

3. The remuneration of the instructor shall not, unless in exceptional
circumstances, exceed £2 per week, in addition to expenses of
locomotion, which include second or third-class railway fare, as
decided by the county committee, car hire when necessary, or a bicycle
allowance not exceeding 2d. per mile in lieu thereof.

4. The employment of the instructor under this scheme shall not
continue beyond the 30th of September, 1908, and is terminable at any
time previous to that date by the giving of four weeks’ notice in
writing on either side.

5. It will be the duty of the instructor to give demonstrations and,
if approved, to deliver lectures on horticultural subjects, such
as soils, manures, vegetable, fruit, and flower cultivation, plant
diseases, and insect pests--to visit gardens and orchards, and give
practical demonstrations on spraying, planting, pruning and grafting
of fruit trees--to conduct such experiments and other demonstrations
in the spring and summer as may be approved by the department--to
select suitable land for this purpose--to supervise the sowing of the
seeds and manures, and the keeping of the plots free from weeds--to
weigh the produce, tabulate the figures, and prepare a report on
the results--to give instruction in the principles and practice
of modern bee-keeping--to deal with diseases of bees, plants, and
trees--to advise farmers, cottagers, and others interested in land,
as to the planting of trees, etc., for shelter and ornament--to
reply to letters from those seeking his advice on horticultural and
bee-keeping subjects--to report to the department and to the county
committee on the progress of his work either weekly or otherwise, as
may be required; and generally to give his whole time to the work and
to do all in his power to further the interests of horticulture and
bee-keeping in the county.

6. The instructor shall report to the county committee on all cases
of foul brood which may come under his notice. He may, subject to
the consent of the owner of the bees being previously obtained by
him, destroy infected stocks by burning them, and shall take all
due precautions against the spread of the disease. He must advise
in writing the county committee of each case in which stocks are so
destroyed, and the county committee may, if they think fit, pay to
the owners of such stocks a sum not exceeding 5s. for each stock
destroyed, provided that the amount set aside in the county scheme for
compensation under this clause shall not be exceeded.

It will also be his duty to report to the county committee the names
and addresses of persons in the possession of gooseberry bushes on
which he has detected, or has reasonable grounds for suspecting the
existence of, American gooseberry mildew.

7. For the purposes of this scheme the county should be divided into
circuits. The instructor should work for three or four weeks in each
circuit, and give lectures and demonstrations during that time. In
cases, however, where an instructor may be employed to give instruction
in bee-keeping only it will not be necessary to divide the county
into circuits. In such instances demonstrations can be arranged
for at centres from which applications have been made through the
secretary of the county committee for his services. The instructor will
visit gardens, orchards or apiaries in the district, and give such
information on practical subjects as the circumstances of the case may
suggest.

The county committee are alone responsible for the selection of centres
for lectures and demonstrations. No work of this nature should be
undertaken by the instructor, though it is desirable that he should be
consulted.

8. It will be the duty of the county committee to select centres at
which the lectures and demonstrations will be given, and to appoint at
each centre a local committee, with an honorary secretary, who should
select the school and arrange for the hiring, lighting, and warming of
the room in which the lectures will be delivered.

In selecting centres the county committee should have particular regard
to districts in which lectures and demonstrations may not have been
given in previous years.

It will also be the duty of the county committee to undertake the
responsibility of seeing that the instructor’s time is fully and
usefully employed.

The county committee shall keep a separate account of all expenditure
under this scheme, and shall furnish detailed statements of such
expenditure as may from time to time be required by the department.

9. Where it is considered desirable to arrange for lectures, the
lectures should be given in schoolrooms or other suitable public
rooms in the evenings, and should be held in rural centres. Towns and
the larger villages should be avoided, as experience has shown that
the greatest success attends those lectures which are given in the
rural parts of a county. The local committee at each centre should be
responsible for appointing a representative chairman for each lecture
as well as for the distribution of the short syllabus of the lectures
which will be prepared by the lecturer as soon as he is appointed. The
local committee should undertake to have posters and handbills, which
will be supplied by the secretary of the county committee, effectively
displayed and distributed throughout their district. Copies of these
posters and handbills should be forwarded to the department at least a
week prior to the commencement of each course of lectures. Each lecture
should be followed by a discussion, during which persons interested in
horticulture and bee-keeping will be invited to ask questions. Where
a course of lectures has already been given a new syllabus should be
presented.

10. The county committee may purchase fruit, forest and other trees,
shrubs, or plants, in bulk, and resell them at cost price, including
carriage, to farmers, cottagers and other residents in the county. As,
however, it has come to the knowledge of the department that trees and
plants infested with disease have been imported into Ireland, it will
be necessary for county committees who intend to put this clause into
operation to invite from nurserymen tenders for the supply of trees,
etc., to be guaranteed free from disease, and before acceptance to
submit the tenders to the department for examination. The department
may, if they think it advisable, inspect the trees, etc., that are
offered for sale, and satisfy themselves that they are suitable and
free from disease.

11. The horticultural demonstrations should commence early in autumn
and be continued throughout the whole year.

12. In each circuit one demonstration plot may be provisionally
selected for the purpose of growing fruit, vegetables, and flowers,
and showing improved methods of cultivation, but no new plots shall be
selected in a county if a sufficient number of suitable plots have been
established in previous years.

Before sanctioning the establishment of a new plot the department will
inspect the site with a view to determining the suitability of the
land, etc.

(_a_) In counties in which a sufficient number of suitable plots
already exist the committee shall make provision for the continuance of
the plots at a cost not to exceed £1 5s. per plot. (See List A on p.
270.)

All requisite labour must be given gratuitously by the owner of the
plot, who will be entitled to the produce.

(_b_) In cases where it is necessary to establish new plots the
department will require compliance with the following regulations:--

   (1) Plots must not exceed a quarter of an acre in extent, or
   be less than one-eighth of an acre (quarter-acre plots are
   recommended).

   (2) No new plot shall be established save at a convenient centre
   adjacent to a main road.

   (3) Plots should be selected on sites which are properly fenced.
   Should, however, any fencing be necessary, the materials (i.e.,
   a sufficient quantity of wire with wooden posts) may be supplied
   by the committee, provided funds have been allocated for the
   purpose in the county scheme; the fencing to be put up by the
   owner of the plot at his own expense. In no case will the
   department approve of expensive fencing and gates being supplied
   by the county committee to a plot owner.

   (4) The aspect of each plot and the nature of the soil must
   be suitable for fruit and vegetable growing. Necessary
   improvements, such as drainage, must be carried out, and when
   required farmyard manure must be supplied by the plot owner
   without expense to the committee.

   (5) The owner of the plot must sign an undertaking to continue
   the plot for three years.

   (6) The necessary labour must be given gratuitously by the
   persons providing the plots--the produce to be their property.

The cost of trees, etc., required for planting a new plot must not
exceed £3. (See List B on p. 271.)

13. The department’s approval in writing must be obtained before any
expense is incurred in connection with the establishment of a plot, and
application for such approval must be accompanied in each case by a
detailed report from the instructor.

14. No action shall be taken by the county committee towards putting
this scheme, or any part thereof, into operation until the sanction of
the department has been obtained in writing.

15. In all matters of dispute relating to this scheme the decision of
the department shall be final.


                                LIST A

       LIST OF VEGETABLES, ETC., RECOMMENDED FOR A HORTICULTURAL
          DEMONSTRATION PLOT (NOT EXCEEDING ONE-FOURTH ACRE)
                          ALREADY ESTABLISHED

                    ESTIMATED COST ABOUT £1 5s. 0d.

                     _Vegetables_

    _Description._                _Quantity._
    Beans, Broad                     1 qt.
    Beans, French                    ½ pt.
    Beans, Runner                    ½ pt.
    Brussels Sprouts                 ½ oz.
    Broccoli                         ½ oz.
    Cabbage, Early                   3 oz.
    Cabbage, Savoy                   ½ oz.
    Cauliflower                      ½ oz.
    Carrot                           2 oz.
    Celery                         100 plants.
    Kale, Curly                      ½ oz.
    Leek                             1 oz.
    Lettuce                          1 oz.
    Onion                            3 oz.
    Onion, Potato                    1 st.
    Parsnip                          2 oz.
    Parsley                          1 oz.
    Peas                             3 qts.
    Potatoes, Early (to be boxed)    4 st.
    Potatoes, Late (to be boxed)     4 st.
    Turnips                          2 oz.
    Vegetable Marrow                 1 packet.

                 _Flowers_

    Candituft               1 packet each.
    Canterbury Bells        1    „
    Larkspur                1    „
    Lupin                   1    „
    Mignonette              1    „
    Nasturtium              1    „
    Sunflower               1    „
    Wallflower              1    „
    Sweet Pea               1   pt.

          _Artificial Manures_

    Muriate of Potash       3 stone.
    Nitrate of Soda         3   „
    Superphosphate          4   „


                                LIST B

     LIST OF FRUIT TREES, PLANTS AND SEEDS, ETC., RECOMMENDED FOR
         A NEW HORTICULTURAL DEMONSTRATION PLOT OF ONE-FOURTH
                            ACRE IN EXTENT

                        ESTIMATED COST ABOUT £3

                     _Fruit_

      _Description._                    _Quantity._
    Apples, Bush on Paradise Stock        6 trees.
    Pears, Bush on Quince Stock           2   „
    Plums, Bush                           2   „
    Currants, Red                         3 bushes.
    Currants, White                       3   „
    Currants, Black                       6   „
    Gooseberries                         12   „
    Raspberries                          24 canes.
    Strawberries                        100 plants.

                  _Vegetables_

    Beans, Broad                        1 qt.
    Beans, French                       ½ pt.
    Beans, Runner                       ½ pt.
    Brussels Sprouts                    ½ oz.
    Broccoli                            ½ oz.
    Cabbage, Early                      3 oz.
    Cabbage, Savoy                      ½ oz.
    Cauliflower                         ½ oz.
    Carrot                              2 oz.
    Celery                            100 plants.
    Kale, Curly                         ½ oz.
    Leek                                1 oz.
    Lettuce                             1 oz.
    Mint                                3 plants.
    Marjoram                            3   „
    Onion (Autumn-sown)               100   „
    Onion                               3 oz.
    Onion, Potato                       1 stone.
    Parsnip                             2 oz.
    Parsley                             1 oz.
    Peas                                3 qts.
    Potatoes, Early (to be boxed)       4 st.
    Potatoes, Late (to be boxed)        4 st.
    Rhubarb                             6 plants.
    Sage                                3   „
    Thyme                               3   „
    Turnips                             2 oz.
    Vegetable Marrow                    1 packet.

                    _Flowers_

    Candituft                           1 packet.
    Canterbury Bells                    1   „
    Dahlias                             2 plants.
    Larkspur                            1 packet.
    Lupin                               1   „
    Mignonette                          1   „
    Nasturtium                          1   „
    Roses                               4 plants.
    Sunflower                           1 packet.
    Wallflower                          1   „
    Sweet Pea                           1 pint.

             _Artificial Manures_

    Muriate of Potash                   3 st.
    Nitrate of Soda                     3 st.
    Superphosphate                      4 st.




                               APPENDIX

                 USEFUL INFORMATION FOR LADY GARDENERS

                   HINTS FOR LAYING OUT FLOWER BEDS


A Lady Gardener may have to arrange new ornamental flower beds, and
a few hints about pegging out the shape may be useful. It does not
always follow that a design for a formal flower plot works out as well
in reality as it does upon paper. In order to gain a good impression
of what their effect will be when finished they should be marked out
with pegs and _white_ tape or string tied round these to show the
outline of the future beds. That is, if ground that has already been
broken up is being dealt with.

Should, however, a wide stretch of lawn have to be marked out in flower
beds, a capital plan is to draw the outline of them with a whitewash
brush upon the grass, in the same way that a lawn tennis court is
marked. Having ascertained that no improvement or alteration will be
necessary, work can then be commenced with the turf cutter.

It is convenient, for drawing circular or other beds, to have a garden
_compass_. Should this not be handy, a couple of stout iron pins
and a length of rope will answer the purpose.

The compass consists of a stout iron pin and a light, flat rod of wood
six to ten feet long, with holes drilled the whole length, one inch
apart. One end of the rod has a perfectly round ring, which will turn
easily on the pin. A second pin or rod about three feet long is needed
as a marker.

  [Illustration: FIG. 1]

In making a circular bed (Fig. 1), the centre is first determined on,
and the stout pin is driven in through the ring. The marking pin is
then placed in the hole corresponding to the required radius. With it
the circle is drawn.

  [Illustration: FIG. 2]

  [Illustration: FIG. 3]

When using a cord, instead of the wooden marking pin, it must be
stretched tight on the centre pin, and the radius measured along it
from the pin. The marker is then passed through the rope and bound in
place with a piece of twine or soft wire. Care should be taken, when
marking, that the rope rests either on the ground or parallel to it.

A circular bed is the easiest of all to set out, but it is the
foundation of several others. The easiest are polygons of four, six,
and eight sides. To lay out a four-sided polygon (Fig. 2), equal a
square: Lay off the diagonal A B. Lay off C D at right angles to A B,
and join A D, D B, B C, C A.

To lay out a six-sided bed (Fig. 3), equal a hexagon: From the centre
C draw a circle with radius C 1. Then from 1 with the same radius cut
the circle at 2, from 2 cut it at 3, and so on. Then join 1 2, 2 3, 3
4, etc. To lay out an eight-sided bed, equal an octagon (Fig. 4): Draw
a circle, lay off the diameters A B, C D at right angles to each other.
Next bisect the four right angles at E F G H, and join A E, E C, C G, G
B, etc.

  [Illustration: FIG. 4]

  [Illustration: FIG. 5]

  [Illustration: FIG. 6]

These three are the most usual figures, but it is easy to draw any
number of sides to your polygon you may require.

First draw a circle, and lay off any diameter A B. Divide A B into as
many equal parts as you want sides (in Fig. 5 it is five, as that is
the most usual number required, but it may be seven or nine or any
other number). From A and B with radius A B describe the arcs cutting
each other at C. From C draw a line to figure 2 on the diagonal and
produce it till it cuts the circle at D. Then from D with radius A D
cut the circle at 2´, from 2´ cut it at 3´, and so on, and join 1´ 2´,
2´ 3´, 3´ 4´, 4´ 5´.

With a circle, too, it is easy to lay out a star bed with four, six, or
eight points (Fig. 6), or a half moon.

Rectangular beds are also most easily set out by means of a circle.

In a diamond the line should bisect the diagonal.

The only other shape in general use is an oval, and this is not built
up on the circle. First determine the length and breadth A B, C D
(Fig. 7). Bisect A B and make C D perpendicular to it at the point of
bisection O. From C with radius O A, cut A B in E F. These points are
the form of the oval.

  [Illustration: FIG. 7]

Drive a stake in at E F and C, and put a cord round the three stakes.
Tie the ends together, and take out the stake at C, and keeping the
loop of cord taut, draw C B D A, which will be a perfect oval.

The shape of the flower beds having been decided and cut out, attention
will not only have to be given to drainage, soil, and manure, but the
proper shape and building up of soil will have to be considered before
planting takes place. This is a matter rather insufficiently studied.
It varies according to the surrounding position, arrangement of the
garden and soil.

In some herbaceous borders where height at the back of the border is an
advantage, it is well to build the soil up so:--

  [Illustration]

By this means tall flowers like hollyhocks, sunflowers, etc., have
additional height given to them.

In formal beds, circular ones or others, the building up of the soil
takes place from the sides to the centre--so:--

  [Illustration]

In other long, narrow beds the appearance is so:--

  [Illustration]

   I have to thank Miss J. S. Turner for many of the above
   notes.


HOW TO MARK OUT A LAWN TENNIS COURT

The following are the laws laid down by the Lawn Tennis Association for
the year 1907.

  [Illustration: SINGLE-HANDED COURT]

  [Illustration: FULL COURT]

For the single-handed game, the court is 27 feet in width, and 78 feet
in length. It is divided across the middle by a net, the ends of which
are attached to the tops of two posts, which stand 3 feet outside the
court on each side. The height of the net is 3 feet 6 inches at the
posts, and 3 feet in the centre. At each end of the court, parallel
with the net, and at a distance of 39 feet from it, are drawn the
Base Lines, the extremities of which are connected by the Side Lines.
Half-way between the Side Lines, and parallel with them, is drawn the
Half-Court Line, dividing the space on each side of the net into two
equal parts, called the Right and Left Courts. On each side of the net,
at a distance of 21 feet from it, and parallel with it, are drawn the
Service Lines. The marking of the part of the Half-Court Line, between
the Service Lines and the Base Line, may be omitted, with the exception
of a small portion at the centre of each Base Line, as indicated in the
plans.

The plan here given is not the most generally used, but it may be the
best adapted to the ground or to the requirements of the owner of the
garden.

For the three-handed and four handed games, the court is 36 feet in
width. Within the Side-Lines, at a distance of 4¼ feet from them,
and parallel with them, are drawn the Service Side Lines. In other
respects, the court is similar to that which is described for a
single-handed game (Fig. 1).

Fig. 2 is the plan most generally used in private grounds; it is usual
to continue the “Service Side Lines” as far as the Base-Lines, as shown
in the dotted line B in the plan.

Keep the net loose from the posts when the ground is not used. For
instructions as to the rolling, mowing, and general treatment of lawns,
croquet and tennis courts, read Sutton’s “Management of Lawns.”

The following is the best way of making a mixture for marking boundary
lines upon grass courts. Dissolve ordinary lump whitening in water, and
use it when it is about the consistency of cream. A tumbler of milk
or a small quantity of builders’ size, mixed with it, will preserve
the lines from being washed out and destroyed by rain. The mixture is
made in a pail or watering pot, and the tank of the marking machine
is filled from it. After using the washer, the whitening should be
emptied, and the tank washed, for if allowed to remain, it hardens
and has to be broken up.

  [Illustration: PLAN OF CROQUET LAWN]


                    HOW TO LAY OUT A CROQUET GROUND

The following regulations are those laid down in 1907, and are
authorised by the Croquet Association.

The ground shall be rectangular, 35 yards in length by 28 yards in
width, with a defined boundary. A flag shall be placed at each corner,
and corner spots, 3 feet from both boundaries, shall be accurately
defined.

Points on the boundary, 3 feet from each corner flag, shall be marked
by white pegs, not exceeding ¾ inch in diameter, and 3 inches above
the ground.

The above is for a full-sized ground, but for smaller ones any multiple
of 5 × 4 is correct.

The _hoops_ shall be of round iron, not less than ½ inch, and not more
than ¾ inch in diameter, and shall stand 12 inches out of the ground,
and be firmly fixed. The crown shall be straight, and at right angles
to the uprights, which shall be not less than 3¾ inches, or more than 4
inches apart (inside measurement) from the ground upwards.

The turning and the winning pegs shall be of wood, a uniform diameter
above the ground of 1½ inches. They shall stand 18 inches above the
ground.

The setting of the hoops and pegs shall be in accordance with the
diagram given. Permission for publishing this has kindly been given by
Messrs. John Jaques & Son, 102, Hatton Garden, London.

Measurements:--Pegs in centre line of ground, 7 yards from the nearest
boundary; hoops up centre line of ground, 7 yards from peg and 7 yards
apart; corner hoops, 7 yards from centre line and 7 yards from the
nearest boundaries.

It is important in lifting the hoops for rolling and mowing, to fill up
the holes with a mixture of fine dry earth and sand before replacing
the hoops. By this means they are kept rigid and upright.

When the croquet season is over the hoops are put away and painted
during the winter.

The best way to do this is to rub the hoops down well with fine
sandpaper, and repaint them with good oil colour. Use it thin, and put
on two or three coats. It is preferable to one thick coat.

       *       *       *       *       *

The following notes may be useful to ladies who are seeking posts:--


            THE CENTRAL BUREAU FOR THE EMPLOYMENT OF WOMEN,

               9, SOUTHAMPTON STREET, HIGH HOLBORN, W.C.

                              (2nd Floor)

Two minutes from British Museum, Central London Railway; two minutes
from Piccadilly and Brompton Railway, Holborn Station.

          Telegrams: “Einheit.”      Telephone: 4858 Central.
               _Chairman_: THE MARCHIONESS OF SALISBURY
                 _Vice-Chairman_: MRS. W. E. HAITLAND
                 _Hon. Treasurer_: H. JOHN FALK, ESQ.
                    _Secretary_: MISS M. G. SPENCER


                     OBJECTS OF THE CENTRAL BUREAU

1. To prevent unemployment, and the evils resulting therefrom.

2. To help women, especially those of good education, to help
themselves, by guiding them into suitable permanent work.

3. To promote the training of the unprepared, and thus raise the
general standard of efficiency.

4. To maintain records of women desiring employment, and of employers
having vacancies.

5. To collect and circulate information as to various occupations.

6. To study and record the fluctuations of demand and supply in various
occupations.

7. To publish advertisement lists, newspapers, and other printed
matter, by which the purposes of the society may be advanced.

8. To promote and co-operate with other bureaus and societies having
objects wholly or partly similar.

_Nature of the Work._--The work of the Central Bureau consists
largely in counteracting those evils of social prejudice and defective
training which have hitherto prevented many women of the educated class
from being able to earn their own livelihood. It therefore includes
not only what is ordinarily understood to be the work of an employment
registry, but also the more laborious and less immediately remunerative
business of investigating possible openings for employment, promoting
sound schemes for apprenticeship and training, and so advising and
helping women as to enable them to make their services of genuine
value to the community. Did space permit, it would be possible to
give a long list of those women who have been enabled, through
guidance received at the bureau, to fill satisfactorily positions of
considerable responsibility and importance. By a carefully considered
system of indexing and tabulation, the Central Bureau is able to make
the results of its work available for the purposes of the statistician
and the economic inquirer. The advantages of this system have been
recognised by the committees of other women’s employment bureaus, which
have now, with few exceptions, adopted the same method of tabulation.
But while endeavouring to introduce improvements in method, the council
of the Central Bureau are far from losing sight of the individual
needs of each employer and applicant for work, realising that upon the
full comprehension of individual circumstances the success of the work
depends.


                     REGISTRY FEES FOR APPLICANTS

     (_Those for employers seem unnecessary for our purpose here_)

Registration, covering a period of three months, 1s. 6d; Suiting fees,
permanent posts on salaries not exceeding 10s. per week, non-resident,
2s. 6d.; resident, 5s.; not exceeding 15s. per week, non-resident, 3s.
9d.; resident, 7s. 6d.: not exceeding 20s. per week, non-resident,
5s.; resident, 10s.: not exceeding 30s. per week, non-resident, 7s.
6d.; resident, 15s.; not exceeding 40s. per week, non-resident,
10s.; resident, 20s.--being half per cent. on first year’s salary,
non-resident; and one per cent. on first year’s salary, resident.
Temporary posts not exceeding three months, one per cent. on salary
for the term, but not _less_ than 2s. 6d. Temporary post not
exceeding one week, 1s. 6d. Suiting fees in every case are payable
on engagement. Hours of interviews, 11.30 to 1, and 2.30 to 4.30,
excepting Monday mornings and Saturdays. In order to save time, callers
are asked to write for appointments. Fees for consultation, 6d. and 1s.

_Publications._--The Central Bureau publishes _Women’s
Employment_ (price 1d., post free, 1½d.). The issue of this
publication, which appears on the first Friday in the month, contains
articles on employment subjects, written by experts, together with
advertisements, and information as to training. Intermediate lists
of vacant situations and _workers_ disengaged are published
fortnightly at the same price. _Women’s Employment_ (including
the intermediate Lists) may also be obtained from the Secretary of the
Central Bureau on payment of 3s. per annum. The Central Bureau has also
published a pamphlet entitled the _Finger Post_ (price 1s. 6d.),
containing 70 articles, written by experts, on professions for educated
women.

       *       *       *       *       *


                          WOMEN’S INSTITUTE,

                   92, VICTORIA STREET, LONDON, S.W.

Here, information is given of every kind upon social subjects, training
for professions, board, education, etc. A member is entitled to have
six questions a year answered free; non-members pay a small fee.
Recreations of various sorts are also given, and three programmes are
issued yearly of lectures, conferences, debates, social and musical
afternoons and evenings. The library is well provided with books on
subjects of interest to women, and on sociology.

The institute was founded in 1897, in the hope, which has already been
fulfilled, that it might be able to provide something of the nature
of a central office or “clearing house” of the various departments of
woman’s work which are now scattered over the whole field of English
social life. It is no part of the aim of the institute itself to take
up any department of work in competition with existing societies, much
less to interfere in any way with their management. Its object is
rather to make the work of existing societies better known, through
its Information Bureau, through the circulation of literature, through
meetings and conferences held within its walls, and lastly, by bringing
the workers in one department into touch with those in another, by
means of frequent social gatherings.


            WHAT THE INSTITUTE OFFERS TO INDIVIDUAL MEMBERS

The social side of the institute has been organised with the double
object:--

   1. Of bringing workers into friendly communication.

   2. Of offering to isolated workers some of the recreation to
   which all workers are entitled.


                      SOME OF THE FEATURES ARE:--

   1. A weekly “At Home” held by the executive committee.

   2. Lectures and debates.

   3. A musical society.

   4. An art society.

   5. A recreation department.

   6. A circulating library of special books.

   7. A voluntary workers’ association for philanthropic work.

It is not desired that women should join the institute in the
expectation that it should be a direct means of enabling them to
obtain work, but a register is kept of members’ requirements, and the
institute co-operates with the Central Bureau for the Employment of
Women in the interests of its own members.


                       CONDITIONS OF MEMBERSHIP

Men, as well as women, are eligible for membership.

Agreement to abide by and be subject to the rules and bye-laws of the
institute for the time being in force.

Terms for general members (men and women): Annual subscription, £1
1s. Terms for American, Colonial and Foreign members (men and women):
Annual subscription, 10s. 6d. Office hours: 10 to 6, except Saturdays,
when the institute is open 10 to 1.

The institute is closed on Bank Holidays and for one month at the end
of summer.

       *       *       *       *       *

Those who are strangers in London and are doubtful where to stay while
they are seeking for posts may be glad to know of the following:


                         BRABAZON HOUSE, LTD.

    Hopkinson House, 88, Vauxhall Bridge Road, S.W.
    Brabazon House, Moreton Street, S.W.

Single rooms, with use of sitting-rooms, piano, and papers, 7s. 6d. to
18s. 6d. a week; double rooms, 12s. to 18s. 6d. a week; cubicles, 5s.,
5s. 6d., 6s., 6s. 6d., and 7s.

Ladies are expected to provide their own soap, towels, toilet covers,
and serviettes. Each lady is required to give two references. By the
night: room, 2s. to 3s.; cubicle, 1s. 6d. By the meal: breakfast, 6d.;
lunch, 9d.; tea, 4d.; dinner, 1s. Hours of meals: breakfast, 7.45 to
8.45 a.m.; lunch, 1 p.m.; tea, 4.30 p.m.; dinner, 7.30 p.m. Sundays:
breakfast, 8.45 to 9.30 a.m.; dinner, 1.30 p.m.; tea, 5 p.m.; supper,
8.45 p.m. Tariff: breakfast and late dinner with full meals on Sundays,
8s. 6d. per week; lunch and afternoon tea provided if required; full
board (by the week), 10s. 6d. A reduction will be made to those unable
to be present at all the dinners.

_Managing Director and Secretary_: MISS LINDSEY.


                              PRINTED BY
            CASSELL AND COMPANY, LIMITED, LA BELLE SAUVAGE,
                             LONDON, E.C.


Transcriber’s Notes:

1. Obvious printers’, punctuation and spelling errors have been
corrected silently.

2. Where hyphenation is in doubt, it has been retained as in the
original.

3. Superscripts are represented using the caret character, e.g.
D^r. or X^{xx}.

4. Italics are shown as _xxx_.